Skip to main content

Full text of "Indians of the Southwest"

See other formats


S  OF 


THE 


JEXlffltK 

F.MCIT 


HOPI  CHIEF. 
(Drawn  by  Howard  McCormick.) 


AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


INDIANS 
OF  THE  SOUTHWEST 


By  PLINY  EARLE  GODDARD 

CURATOR  OF  ETHNOLOGY 


HANDBOOK  SERIES   No.  2 
(SECOND    EDITION) 


NEW  YORK 
1921 


o- 

6 


/  e? 


PLAN  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST  INDIAN  HALL. 

This  hall  contains  the  archaeological  and  the  ethnological  collections 
from  the  Southwest,  and  temporarily  the  California  exhibit  of  basketry 
and  general  ethnology. 

The  left  side  of  the  hall  is  devoted  to  the  pueblo  dwellers,  both  ancient 
and  modern.  The  prehistory  is  represented  by  the  exhibit  in  two  al- 
coves. In  the  first  is  shown  a  pottery  sequence  worked  out  by  Mr.  N.  C  . 
.Nelson  in  Galisteo  Valley,  N.  M.  The  case  facing  this  one  is  filled  with 
pottery  from  the  ruins  of  Tularosa  Canyon  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Gila 


River.    The  collection  secured  at  Pueblo  Bonito  in  Chaco  Canyon  by 
the  Hyde  Expedition  fills  the  remainder  of  the  alcove. 

The  second  archaeological  alcove  farther  down  the  hall  has  the  Hyde 
collections  from  Grand  Gulch,  Utah,  with  prehistoric  basketry  and  other 
textiles  of  great  interest;  pottery  from  Casas  Grandes,  Mexico,  and  from 
Mimbres  Valley,  New  Mexico;  a  large  wall  case  with  collections  from 
the  Mesa  Verde  and  Little  Colorado ;  and,  in  particular,  pottery  from 
the  Aztec  ruin. 

The  present-day  Pueblo  villages  are  represented  by  three  alcoves. 
First  is  an  exhibit  from  the  Rio  Grande  Valley  of  material  collected  and 
arranged  by  Dr.  Herbert  J.  Spinden.  In  the  middle  of  the  west  side  of 
the  hall  is  a  collection  from  the  Hopi  villages,  made  chiefly  by  Mr.  Voth. 
At  the  northern  end  of  the  hall  are  exhibits  from  Zuni,  secured  chiefly 
by  Drs.  Parsons  and  Kroeber;  a  few  Acoma  specimens;  and  an  exhibit 
illustrating  the  making  of  pottery. 

On  the  east  side  of  the  hall  at  the  northern  end  is  an  alcove  devoted 
to  California.  A  large  wall  case  contains  a  comparative  exhibit  of  bas- 
ketry. The  next  alcove  contains  a  small  collection  from  the  Pima  and 
Papago.  The  middle  alcove  is  nearly  filled  with  Navajo  blankets,  illus- 
trating the  various  types  of  weaving.  At  the  southern  end  are  two 
alcoves;  one  for  the  Apache  of  Arizona  and  one  for  the  eastern  Apache 
who  with  their  neighbors  the  Rio  Grande  Pueblos  had  considerable  con- 
tact with  the  people  and  culture  of  the  Plains  tribes. 

On  the  east  in  three  side-rooms  are  groups  with  painted  backgrounds. 
The  first  represents  an  Apache  camp  in  the  San  Carlos  Valley.  The 
second,  which  is  now  nearing  completion,  shows  a  Night  Chant  of  the 
Navajo.  The  setting  is  the  Canyon  de  Chelly  in  a  wall  of  which  is 
White  House,  a  beautifully  preserved  cliff-ruin.  Within  the  sacred  hogan 
is  shown  a  sand  painting,  used  for  the  curing  of  a  sick  man.  The  third 
group  presents  the  pueblo  of  Walpi  on  the  first  of  the  Hopi  mesas. 

The  collections  in  this  hall  have  been,  obtained  chiefly  by  Museum 
expeditions  and  donations.  The  Hyde  Expedition  resulted  in  a  great 
number  of  archeological  specimens,  many  of  which  are  still  in  storage. 
Since  1909  there  have  been  obtained  by  funds  provided  by  Archer  M. 
Huntington  for  the  study  of  the  primitive  peoples  of  the  Southwest,  the 
ethnological  collections  from  the  Rio  Grande  and  Hopi  pueblos  and  from 
the  Apache,  Pima,  and  Papago  tribes;  and  the  archaeological  specimens 
from  Aztec,  the  Galisteo  historic  and  prehistoric  ruins,  and  from  Old 
Cochiti.  A  large  number  of  the  baskets  were  donated  by  Dr.  James 
Douglas;  the  Navajo  blankets  represent  the  generosity  of  Mrs.  Russell 
Sage  and  the  late  J.  Pierpont  Morgan. 

The  California  collections  were  acquired  by  the  Huntington  Expedi-. 
tion,  conducted  by  Dr.  Roland  B.  Dixon;  by  the  purchase  of  the  Briggs 
collection  of  baskets  through  the  generosity  of  George  Foster  Peabody; 
by  the  work  of  Miss  Constance  Goddard  DuBois  in  southern  California; 
and  through  exchanges. 


PREFACE. 


ALTHOUGH  a  great  deal  of  time  has  been  devoted  to 
the  study  of  the  native  peoples  of  the  Southwest  and 
the  prehistoric  ruins  in  that  region  by  many  ethnologists 
and  archaeologists  our  knowledge  of  them  is  still  far 
from  complete.  There  are  many  ruins  which  have 
never  been  visited  by  a  trained  observer;  the  Rio 
Grande  peoples  persistently  oppose  the  study  of  their 
ceremonial  life ;  and  notwithstanding  the  great  number 
of  treatises  on  the  Hopi,  there  is  none  of  them  which 
gives  a  satisfactory  account  of  their  everyday  life  and 
of  their  social  customs  and  organization. 

The  author  has  first-hand  knowledge  of  the  Athapas- 
can speaking  peoples  only.  The  accounts  given  in  the 
following  pages  of  the  prehistoric  and  sedentary  peoples 
have  been  drawn .  from  published  papers  by  many 
authors.  The  most  important  works  on  the  Southwest 
are  listed  at  the  end  of  this  book  and  in  them  will  be 
found  the  sources  of  the  information  here  given. 

The  author  wishes  to  make  grateful  recognition  here 
of  the  help  given  in  the  preparation  and  revision  of  the 
text  by  his  colleagues  in  the  Museum  and  by  Mr.  F.  W. 
Hodge  of  Washington  who  has  kindly  read  the  proofs. 
•The  various  illustrations  have  been  credited  to  the  per- 
sons who  have  permitted  their  use.  Their  generosity 
has  added  materially  to  whatever  interest  and  value 
this  short  account  of  Southwestern  peoples  may  have. 
1913 


PREFACE. 

(Second  Edition.) 


During  the  eight  years  which  have  intervened 
between  these  editions  noteworthy  progress  has  been 
made.  In  the  archaeological  field  the  restoration  of 
the  ruins  of  the  Mesa  Verde  region  has  been  continued 
by  Dr.  Fewkes  with  the  support  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment. Andover  Academy  has  provided  for  a  thorough 
examination  of  the  Pecos  ruin  under  the  leadership  of 
Dr.  A.  V.  Kidder.  Hawikuh,  the  Zufii  village  where 
Coronado  first  encountered  the  pueblo  people,  has  been 
explored  by  Mr.  Hodge  for  the  Museum  of  the  American 
Indian.  The  American  Museum  has  continued  the 
survey  of  the  ruins  of  the  Southwest  begun  by  Mr.  N.  C. 
Nelson  and  has  cleared  out  many  of  the  rooms  and  re- 
inforced the  walls  of  the  great  ruin  near  Aztec.  The 
work  at  Aztec  has  been  under  the  immediate  direction 
of  Earl  H.  Morris.  In  the  ethnological  field  the  most 
noteworthy  work  is  that  of  Drs.  Kroeber  and  Parsons 
at  Zufii,  Dr.  Lowie  among  the  Hopi,  Dr.  Spier  with  the 
Havasupai,  and  Drs.  Parsons  and  Boas  at  Laguna. 

Epoch-making  publications  are  those  of  Dr.  Kidder 
on  Pajarito  pottery,  Mr.  Nelson  on  the  Galisteo  ruins, 
Dr.  Spier  on  the  Little  Colorado,  Father  Dumarest 
on  Cochiti,  Drs.  Kroeber  and  Parsons  on  Zuiii,  and  Dr. 
Haeberlin  on  Southwestern  religion. 
1921 


CONTENTS. 

PREFACE .  5 

PREFACE  (Second  Edition) 6 

INTRODUCTION 11 

CHAPTER  I. 

THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES 21 

Distribution:  San  Juan,  Rio  Grande,  Pecos,  Gila,  Little- 
Colorado.  Buildings:  Sites,  Materials,  Ceilings,  Doors,  Kivas. 
Types  of  Ruins:  Cliff  Palace,  Spruce  Tree  House,  Balcony 
House,  Aztec,  Pueblo  Bonito,  Cavate  Lodges,  Natural  Caves. 
Means  of  Sustenance:  Irrigation,  Hunting.  Manufactured 
Objects:  Pottery,  Baskets,  Sandals,  Stonework.  Disposal  of 
Dead.  Religion.  Summary.  The  Basket  Makers. 

CHAPTER  II. 

THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS 58 

Exploration :  Cabeza  de  Vaca,  Marcos  de  Niza,  Coronado.  The 
Conquest.  The  Rebellion.  Distribution  in  1540:  Cibola, 
Tusayan,  Acoma,  Tiguex,  Salinas,  Quirix,  Tanos,  Cicuye, 
JemeZj_Tewa,  Rio  Grande,  Hopi,  Zuni.  Habitations:  Arrange- 
ment of  Buildings,  Building  Material.  Shelters.  Kivas.  Food: 
Agriculture,  Preparation  of  Food,  Hunting.  Dress.  Industrial 
Arts:  Pottery,  Basketry,  Weaving.  Decorative  Art.  Social 
Organization.  Social  Customs.  Political  Organization.  Religi- 
ous Practices.  Rio  Grande  Ceremonies:  Sia  Rain  Ceremony, 
Festivals.  Zuni  Ceremonies.  Hopi  Ceremonies:  The  Snake 
Dance.  Religious  Beliefs. 

CHAPTER  III. 

THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS 121 

The  Pima  and  Papago.  Houses.  Clothing.  Basketry.  Social 
Organization.  Games.  Religion. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  CAMP  DWELLERS  140 

Distribution:  Athapascan,  Yuman.  Shelter.  Food  Supply. 
Clothing.  Industrial  Arts:  Pottery,  Basketry,  Weaving, 
Silverwork,  Beadwork.  Social  Organization.  Social  Customs. 
Political  Organization.  Games.  Religion:  Ceremonies,  Beliefs. 


O  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

CHAPTER  V. 

CONCLUSION 181 

BIBLIOGRAPHY         .        .  184 

INDEX       .        .  186 


MAPS  AND  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Hopi  Chief Frontispiece 

Plan  of  the  Southwest  Indian  Hall     ...                ...  3 

Topographical  Map  of  the  Southwest 12 

Distribution  of  Forests  and  Rainfall 13 

Culture  Areas  in  North  America 14 

Villages  and  Tribes  of  the  Southwest 15 

Square  Watch  Tower.  San  Juan  River 26 

Diagram  of  Typical  Small  Ruin 27 

Portion  of  Masonry  Wall.    Chaco  Canyon 28 

Roof.     Spruce  Tree  Ruin 29 

Kiva  at  Spruce  Tree  Ruin 30 

Cliff  Palace ...  32 

Aztec  Ruin  on  the  Las  Animas,  New  Mexico 35 

Pueblo  Bonito  Ruin 37 

Prehistoric  Coiled  Ware 41 

Tularosa  Pottery 42 

Pueblo  Bonito  Pottery 43 

Prehistoric  Pottery.    Lower  Gila  River 43 

Types  of  Prehistoric  Sandals        ...                ....  45 

Yucca  Fiber  Bag.    Grand  Gulch 46 

Prehistoric  Implements  Used  in  Weaving 48 

Objects  of  Wood  and  Bone 49 

Stone  Axes  and  Hammers .        .50 

Polished  Stone  Chisels 50 

Prehistoric  Rattle  and  Flageolet 51 

Mummy  Wrapped  in  a.  Cotton  Robe.    Grand  Gulch.  Utah  .        .  52 

Sandals  of  the  Basket  Makers 56 

Pueblo  of  Walpi 66 

Pueblo  of  Zuni 67 

Floor  Plan  of  Hopi  Living  Room 69 

Kiva.     San  Ildefonso     .        .        . 73 

Floor  Plan  of  Hopi  Kiva 74 

Roof  of  Hopi  Kiva 75 

Hoes  and  Throwing  Stick 78 

Hopi  Robe 82 

Woman's  Dress.     Acoma 84 

Santa  Clara  Woman  Firing  Pottery 86 

San  Ildefonso  Pottery 87 

Hopi  Baskets  . 89 

Hopi  Pottery 90 

Hopi  Prayer  Offerings 102 


10  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

Clowns  Climbing  Pole.     Taos 105 

Deer  Dance.     Nambe   .        .        . 108 

Hopi  Kachina  Dolls 109 

Snake  and  Antelope  Priests 110 

Snake  Priests  Dancing  with  Snake Ill 

The  Marau  Society  Dancing  the  Mamzraute  at  Mishongnovi      .  117 

A  Pima  Dwelling ,        .  124 

Pima  Trays 128 

Pima  Storage  Basket 129 

Pima  Plaited  Basket 131 

San  Carlos  Apache  Woman  Building  a  House 144 

White  Mountain  Apache  House 145 

Navajo  House 146 

Jicarilla  WToman  Gathering  Mescal 148 

Mescal  Knife.     San  Carlos  Apache 149 

Mescalero  Girl  in  Native  Costume 152 

Navajo  Man 153 

Jicarilla  Tray 155 

San  Carlos  Apache  Tray 155 

Mescalero  Unfinished  Basket 156 

Jicarilla  and  San  Carlos  Apache  Baskets 157 

Navajo  Woman  Spinning 159 

Navajo  Woman  Beating  Down  the  Woof  with  a  Batten  Stick      .  160 

Navajo  Belt  Loom 161 

Navajo  Chief  Blanket 162 

Navajo  Blanket 163 

Hoop  and  Pole  Game.     Apache 170 

The  Apache  Ceremony  for  an  Adolescent  Girl         .        .        .        .173 

Jicarilla  Relay  Race 174 

Petroglyphs.     San  Juan  Valley 182 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  region  which  is  called  the  Southwest  in  the  title 
of  this  book  is  a  natural  geographical  division  lying 
south  of  the  higher  and  more  definite  ranges  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains.  It  is  drained  by  the  upper  portion 
of  the  Rio  Grande  River  and  its  tributary  the  Pecos,  and 
by  the  Colorado  River  and  its  three  main  eastern 
branches,  the  San  Juan,  the  Little  Colorado,  and  the 
Gila.  There  are  considerable  ranges  of  mountains 
between  the  Rio  Grande  and  the  Pecos,  and  mountain 
masses  north  of  the  San  Juan  and  at  the  head  of  the 
Gila.  Mountain  peaks  somewhat  isolated,  such  as  the 
San  Francisco  Peaks  (12,794)  and  San  Mateo  (11,389), 
rise  here  and  there.  The  Continental  Divide,  however, 
is  for  the  most  part  unmarked  by  any  definite  elevation. 

The  northern  portion  of  the  region  is  a  high  plateau 
with  an  average  elevation  of 'about  6,000  feet.  This 
plateau  is  so  sculptured  that  generally  speaking  the 
walls  of  .both  the  elevations  and  the  depressions  are 
vertical.  Instead  of  rounded  hills  and  V-shaped  valleys, 
we  have,  for  the  most  part  flat-topped  mesas  and  sheer- 
walled  canyons.  South  and  west  of  the  watershed 
between  the  Little  Colorado  and  the  Salt,  the  country 
decreases  in  elevation  very  abruptly  and  then  slopes 
to  the  low  lying  desert  at  the  mouth  of  the  Gila. 

Over  much  of  the  region  evidences  of  considerable 
volcanic  activity  are  found,  consisting  of  extensive  lava 
fields,  dikes  of  projecting  lava  which  can  be  followed  for 
many  miles,  numerous  extinct  craters,  and  hot  springs 
still  active. 

The  rainfall  varies  greatly  according  to  the  elevation, 
but  isjgreater  thanks  generally  supposed.  At  Flag- 

11 


12 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


Topographical   Map   of   the   Southwest,    Showing  the  Mountain 
Ranges  and  an  Elevated  Plateau  in  the  Middle. 


INTRODUCTION. 


13 


staff  it  is  twenty-four  inches  and  over  the  greater  portion 
of  the  country  as  much  as  10  or  15  inches.  Along  the 
lower  Gila,  however,  it  is  as  little  as  1  or  2  inches,  re- 
sulting in  a  veritable  desert. 


Distribution  of  Forests  and  Rainfall.      Shaded  Portion  Indicates 
Timber  and  the  Black  Lines  Rainfall  Areas. 


The  vegetation,  needless  to  say,  varies  with  the 
altitude  and  the  rainfall.  On  the  higher  mountains 
and  the  more  elevated  plateaus  are  great  forests  of 
yellow  pine  with  occasional  Douglas  spruce.  The 
middle  elevations  are  clothed  with  smaller  trees,  such 
as  the  pinon,  a  dwarf  pine,  cedar,  juniper,  and  cypress. 
Small-growing  oaks  and  mesquite  bushes  are  also 


14 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


CULTURE  AREAS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


INTRODUCTION. 


15 


Villages  and  Tribes  of  the  Southwest. 


16  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

characteristic  of  the  lesser  elevations.  The  river  banks 
generally  are  lined  with  cottonwoods  and  sycamores, 
giving  the  general  appearance  of  verdure. 

There  are  other  members  of  the  vegetable  kingdom 
more  characteristic  of  the  Southwest  than  the  trees 
enumerated  above.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  the 
century  plant,  or  agave,  the  mescal  of  the  Spanish- 
speaking  residents,  and  the  several  species  of  yucca. 
The  more  arid  portions  of  the  country,  the  unwatered 
upper  region  and  the  low  desert  regions  have  many 
varieties  of  cactus,  which  are  able  to  maintain  them- 
selves through  a  drought  and  make  use  of  the  occasional 
rains.  During  the  rainy  season  of  August ,  flowers  are 
abundant  and  general  verdure  is  common. 

The  aridity  of  the  region  is  more  impressive  in  regard 
to  the  atmosphere  itself.  The  snows  of  winter  vanish  into 
the  air  leaving  little  surface  water  or  mud.  During 
most  of  the  year  the  small  amount  of  moisture  in  the 
air  enables  one  to  see  for  a  long  distance  and  observe 
small  details;  in  other  words,  atmospheric  perspective 
is  largely  wanting.  This  is  at  first  very  bewildering  to 
the  visitor  who  has  been  accustomed  to  judge  distance 
by  the  amount  of  intervening  haze.  While  the  distant 
mountains  are  not  obscured,  the  atmosphere  does  im- 
part to  them  varying  shades  of  blue  which  combined 
with  the  varying  local  color  of  the  landscape  and  the  often 
gorgeous  dawns  and  sunsets  make  the  Southwest  ex- 
tremely colorful. 

The  animals  of  the  Southwest  were  chiefly  those 
characteristic  of  the  western  United  States  in  general. 
There  were  occasional  visitors  from  Mexico,  such  as  the 
macaw,  the  peccary,  and  possibly  the  jaguar.  Of  econo- 
mic importance  were  the  turkey,  quail,  deer,  antelope, 
rabbits,  and  wood-rats.  Elk  occupied  the  region  but 
were  not  easily  killed.  The  bison,  on  the  other  hand,  were 


INTRODUCTION.  17 

only  available  when  trips  were  undertaken  to  the 
region  east  of  the  Pecos,  which,  according  to  an  old 
saying,  the  buffalo  did  not  cross. 

The  natives  occupying  the  Southwest  are  represen- 
tatives of  the  race  known  as  American  Indians.  Their 
common  characteristics  are:  a  warm  chocolate  color, 
straight  black  hair,  brown  eyes,  wide  faces,  and  high 
cheek  bones.  In  other  respects  the  Southwestern 
peoples  exhibit  considerable  variety.  The  accompany- 
ing table  shows  the  Maricopa,  averaging  68.8  inches 
on  the  one  hand,  and  the  pueblo  peoples  on  the  Rio 
Grande  averaging  a  little  more  than  64  inches. 

Inches  Inches 

Maricopa  68.8  Walapai  66.3 

Yuma  67.7  Isleta  66.2 

Pima  67.3  Mescalero  Apache    65.9 

Mohave  67.5  Southern  Ute  65.6 

Jicarilla  Apache        67.4  San  Juan  65.3 

Navajo  67.4  Acoma  64.9 

White  River  Apache  67.3  Taos  64.6 

Papago  67.2  Hopi  64.4 

Havasupai  67.1  Zuni  64.3 

Yavapai  67.08  Jemez  64.05 

San  Carlos  Apache  66.7  Sia  63.9 

The  proportion  of  the  length  to  the  breadth  of  the 
head  has  been  much  used  in  describing  and  classifying 
races.  The  skulls  recovered  from  the  " Basket  Maker" 
burials  of  southern  Utah  are  extremely  long  and  narrow. 
Of  the  modern  peoples  of  the  Southwest  only  the  Pima 
and  Papago  and  some  of  the  people  of  Taos  have  heads 
of  this  shape.  The  heads  of  the  remainder  of  the  pre- 
historic people;  those  of  the  present-day  Maricopa, 
Yuma,  Mohave ;  and  most  of  the  sedentary  people,  the 


18  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

Hopi,  the  Zuni,  and  the  Rio  Grande  Pueblos  generally 
are  moderately  broad.  Only  the  Apache,  the  Hava- 
supai,  and  the  Walapai  have  heads  which  are  exceed- 
ingly broad  as  compared  with  their  lengths. 

It  is  apparent  then  that  the  inhabitants  of  the 
Southwest  are  of  two,  perhaps  three,  types  which  have 
either  migrated  to  that  region  from  different  places  and 
at  different  times,  or  which,  after  long  residence  in  the 
Southwest,  have  resulted  from  the  breaking  up  of  a 
previously  uniform  type.  These  types,  having  become 
established  by  either  of  the  methods  mentioned  above, 
have  remained  distinct  in  consequence  of  a  cultural, 
social,  and  political  grouping  which  has  prevented 
extended  intermarriage. 

The  languages  spoken  in  the  Southwest  present 
similar  variations  and  lead  to  analogous  conclusions. 
Two  of  the  larger  linguistic  stocks  of  North  America 
are  represented  in  the  region. 

The  Xavajo  and  the  various  Apache  tribes,  together 
constituting  fifty-eight  percent  of  the  population,  are 
Athapascan  speaking.  The  dialects  they  speak  do  not 
differ  greatly  from  each  other  and,  taken  together,  have 
certain  characteristics  in  common  which  are  not  found 
elsewhere.  Related  languages  are  spoken  in  Alaska  and 
over  much  of  western  British  America,  and  along  the 
Pacific  coast  in  Oregon  and  northern  California. 

The  Hopi,  in  culture  a  typical  pueblo  people,  speak 
a  Shoshonean  language  linking  them  to  the  Ute  and 
related  tribes  who  occupy  the  Great  Basin  to  the  north. 
The  Pima  and  Papago  are  closely  connected  linguisti- 
cally with  the  inhabitants  of  the  Mexican  Sierra.  The 
tribes  inhabiting  western  Arizona  are  chiefly  Yuman 
in  speech,  related  in  that  respect  to  certain  tribes  in 
southern  California  and  near  the  Gulf  of  California. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  are  three  linguistic  stocks  in 


INTRODUCTION.  19 

the  Southwest  which  have  no  known  connections  else- 
where. These  are  the  Zufii  language,  spoken  at  the 
pueblo  of  that  name,  and  in  the  outlying  villages;  the 
Keresan  dialects,  spoken  at  Acoma  and  certain  villages 
in  the  Rio  Grande  drainage ;  and  the  Tewan  languages, 
spoken  along  the  Rio  Grande  and  at  one  of  the  Hopi 
villages. 

It  should  be  noted  that  recent  studies  have  estab- 
lished the  existence  of  a  remote  but  definite  linguistic 
relationship  between  the  Shoshonean  languages  repre- 
sented in  the  Southwest  by  the  Ute  and  the  .Hopi, 
and  the  Piman  languages,  which  include  the  Pima, 
Papago,  and  the  dialects  of  northwestern  Mexico. 
Included  in  this  larger  group,  known  as  the  Uto- 
Aztecan,  is  also  the  Nahua  which  is  the  language  of 
the  ancient  Mexicans  or  Aztecs. 

The  obvious  conclusions  from  these  linguistic  facts 
are  that  peoples  speaking  various  languages  have  in- 
vaded the  Southwest  at  various  times.  The  assumption 
is  that  people  speaking  the  Uto-Aztecan  languages 
occupied  the  Great  Basin,  the  western  part  of  Arizona, 
and  the  Sierra  of  Mexico  in  early  times.  Free  communi- 
cation between  the  Hopi  and  the  Ute  of  the  north,  and 
the  Pima  and  other  tribes  of  the  south  must  have  ceased 
many  generations  ago,  either  because  the  territory 
between  them  was  uninhabited  or  because  its  inhabi- 
tants were  alien  in  speech.  The  considerable  difference 
between  the  Piman  and  the  Shoshonean  languages  under 
average  circumstances  would  only  result  after  many 
centuries  of  separation.  It  is  also  proper  to  assume  that 
the  pueblo  peoples  mentioned  above  as  speaking  distinct 
languages,  the  Zufii,  the  Keres,  and  the  Tewa,  have  been 
in  the  Southwest  for  a  very  long  time.  The  Athapascan- 
speaking  Navajo  and  Apache  are  by  no  means  recent 
comers  if  one  is  judging  in  terms  of  history  and  of  the 


20  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

European  occupation  of  America.  The  evidence  in- 
dicates that  all  the  Athapascan-speaking  tribes  of  the 
Southwest  once  formed  a  single  community  and  de- 
veloped a  common  language.  Since  that  time  a  wider 
distribution  or  impeded  intercourse  has  resulted  in  this 
once  common  language  being  broken  into  fairly  distinct 
dialects.  This  appears  to  have  taken  place  prior  to  the 
Spanish  period  which  began  in  1539. 

When  our  knowledge  of  their  physical  characteristics 
has  been  increased  and  made  available  by  publication 
it  may  be  possible  to  collate  it  with  linguistic  and 
cultural  conclusions  and  determine  the  early  movements 
and  amalgamations  of  the  Southwestern  peoples. 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES. 

The  information  here  presented  concerning  the  cul- 
ture of  the  primitive  peoples  of  the  Southwest  falls  into 
two  classes.  Knowledge  of  a  people  obtained  by  direct 
observation  and  by  intercourse  with  them  is  called 
ethnological,  while  that  which  is  secured  from  a  study 
of  their  houses  and  manufactures  left  after  they  have 
disappeared  is  called  archaeological.  There  are  large 
regions  in  the  Southwest  where  there  are  plentiful 
ruins  which  have  been  unoccupied  since  the  first  arrival 
of  Europeans  in  1539.  Whatever  we  know  concerning 
the  culture  of  these  ancient  peoples  must  be  either 
directly  observed  or  inf erre  d  from  the  relation  which  these 
ruins  and  other  relics  bear  to  each  other  and  to  similar 
structures  and  objects  still  in  use  by  living  peoples. 

Much  has  been  lost  beyond  any  possibility  of  recon- 
struction. We  know  nothing  of  the  language  spoken 
by  these  peoples;  their  social  customs  can  only  be 
guessed  at  in  certain  minor  particulars;  and  their 
religion  in  small  part  only  is  inferred  from  certain  ob- 
jects that  must  have  had  a  ceremonial  use.  While 
much  has  been  lost,  an  increasing  amount  has  been 
learned  from  a  systematic  examination  of  these  ruins 
and  their  contents. 

Because  large  regions  have  been  unoccupied  for 
centuries  we  need  not  suppose  the  inhabitants  perished 
utterly.  It  is  more  probable  they  moved  to  other 
localities  where  they  were  found  by  the  Spaniards. 
Whence  the  ancient  peoples  came  we  do  not  know  nor 
when.  They  may  have  been  in  this  region  for  several 
thousands  of  years.  We  do  know  that  after  they  came 
they  learned  to  construct  large  community  houses  and 
to  make  highly  decorated  pottery. 


21 


22  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

DISTRIBUTION. 

As  might  be  expected  in  a  semi-arid  region,  the  agri- 
cultural population  in  prehistoric  times  was  concen- 
trated at  the  higher  elevations  where  the  rainfall  was 
the  greatest  and  in  the  river  valleys  where  irrigation 
could  be  easily  practised. 

San  Juan.  One  of  the  most  important  regions 
anciently  occupied  was  that  watered  by  the  northern 
tributaries  of  the  San  Juan  River.  These  streams  are 
fed  by  the  snows  of  the  mountains  of  southern  Colorado 
and  Utah.  At  some  distance  from  their  sources  they 
are  confined  in  sheer-walled  canyons  which  unite  with 
each  other  as  they  approach  the  San  Juan,  which  enters 
the  Colorado  above  the  Grand  Canyon.  Some  of  the 
ruins  are  on  the  tablelands  between  the  streams,  others 
are  at  the  heads  of  the  canyons,  and  many  are  in  the 
canyons  themselves  either  on  their  floors  or  under  their 
overhanging  walls.  Cliff  Palace  and  Spruce  Tree  House 
are  two  of  the  largest  and  best  known  ruins  standing 
under  cliffs.  In  the  valley  of  the  Animas  is  a  very  large 
ruin  in  the  open  valley  near  the  town  of  Aztec. 

In  Chaco  Canyon,  there  is  a  cluster  of  eleven  large 
ruins  which  evidently  represent  an  important  political 
group  of  prehistoric  villages.  One  of  these,  Pueblo 
Bonito,  is  hardly  surpassed  in  size  and  interest  anywhere. 
Canyon  de  Chelly,  which  joins  Chinlee  Valley,  has 
many  ruins  both  on  the  floor  of  the  valley  and  under 
the  walls. 

Rio  Grande.  On  the  western  side  of  the  Rio  Grande 
Valley  are  many  large  ruins.  Some  of  them  are  in  the 
valley  of  the  Rio  Chama;  many  of  them  are  on  the 
mesas  of  the  Pajarito  tableland  south  of  it;  and  others 
are  in  the  canyon  of  the  Rito  de  los  Frijoles.  In  the 
valley  of  the  Rio  Grande  itself  and  along  its  eastern 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  23 

tributaries,  are  ruins  older  than  the  Spanish  era,  others 
which  were  deserted  prior  to  and  during  the  rebellion, 
1680-1682,  and  a  number  of  villages  which  have  per- 
sisted until  the  present  day. 

Pecos.  The  pueblo  of  Pecos  on  the  river  of  that 
name  was  occupied  until  1838.  In  prehistoric  times 
there  were  many  pueblos  for  40  miles  along  the  valley. 
Between  the  Rio  Pecos  and  the  Rio  Grande  there  are 
many  ruins  and  evidences  of  former  occupation  by  a 
sedentary,  pottery-making  people.  Some  of  these 
ruins,  notably  those  known  as  Abo,  Quarai,  and  Tabira 
or  Gran  Quivira,  were  still  occupied  under  Spanish  rule. 

Gila.  Along  the  upper  tributaries  of  the  Gila  and 
Salt  Rivers  there  are  evidences  of  a  dense  population 
which  occupied  cliff-dwellings  and  community  houses 
standing  in  the  valleys.  These  were  built  of  stone. 
Farther  down  these  rivers,  the  houses  were  built  mostly 
with  earthen  walls ;  only  mounds  of  earth  and  boulders 
marking  the  outlines  of  the  walls  remain.  Not  far  from 
Florence,  Arizona,  near  the  Gila  River  is  a  large  and 
noted  ruin  called  Casa  Grande.  A  number  of  houses 
were  surrounded  by  a  defensive  wall.  These  are  of  solid 
adobe  construction  and  resemble  ruins  in  Chihuahua, 
Mexico,  known  as  Casas  Grandes.  The  Rio  Verde 
which  flows  into  the  Salt  from  the  north  has  a  great 
number  and  a  great  variety  of  ruins  in  its  valley  which 
seems  to  mark  the  western  limit  of  this  prehistoric 
culture. 

Little  Colorado.  There  remains  another  large  tribu- 
tary of  the  Colorado  which  flows  through  the  heart  of 
the  Southwest,  the  Little  Colorado.  Within  its  drainage 
are  many  historic  ruins,  deserted  villages  with  old  Span- 
ish churches,  and  the  still  inhabited  villages  of  the  Hopi 
and  Zuni. 


24  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

BUILDINGS. 

The  character  of  the  buildings,  ruins  of  which  are 
found  in  the  Southwest,  depended  in  part  upon  the 
period  in  which  they  were  built  and  in  part  upon  the 
topography  and  other  geographical  conditions. 

In  widely  separated  localities  are  ruins  of  small  struc- 
tures mostly  subterranean  with  walls  of  adobe  supported 
by  slabs  of  stones  around  the  base  on  the  outside.  These 
houses  were  circular  or  oval,  not  rectangular,  and  appear 
to  have  had  a  conical  roof  of  poles  and  thatch  or  earth. 
The  character  and  style  of  the  pottery  indicate  that 
these  houses  are  older  than  the  large  community  build- 
ings but  that  they  belonged  to  the  sedentary  pueblo 
peoples  rather  than  to  the  ancestors  of  the  nomadic 
peoples  now  living  in  the  Southwest. 

There  are  also  widely  scattered  ruins  consisting  of 
houses  of  a  few  rooms.  Those  in  the  Mesa  Verde  region 
have  the  rooms  arranged  on  three  sides  of  a  small  plaza 
in  which  is  a  circular  room  nearly  or  quite  underground. 
There  is  an  underground  passageway  from  one  of  the 
rooms  of  the  house  leading  to  this  circular  chamber, 
which  is  called  by  archaeologists  a  kiva.  That  the 
buildings  belonged  to  a  period  older  than  that  in  which 
large  community  houses  were  built  is  indicated  by  the 
character  of  the  pottery  which  is  but  crudely  decorated. 
They  may  come  next  in  order  after  the  house  in  which 
slabs  were  used  in  connection  with  adobe  walls. 

Sites.  The  building  sites  chosen  by  the  prehistoric 
people  seem  to  have  depended  in  part  upon  the  topog- 
raphy of  the  particular  locality  and  in  part  upon  the 
needs  of  defense  in  a  given  area.  Few  available  caves 
seem  to  have  been  overlooked.  The  overhanging  cliffs 
protected  the  building  from  rains  and  most  such  situa- 
tions were  easily  defended.  The  size  of  the  buildings 
is  of  course  limited  by  the  extent  of  the  cave.  Many 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  25 

of  the  pueblos  were  built  on  the  valley  floors  or  on  open 
plains,  little  thought  being  given  to  the  ease  with  which 
the  enemy  might  approach.  But  because  of  their 
peculiar  arrangement  and  construction  such  buildings 
were  often  easily  defended.  They  were  built  either 
in  the  form  of  a  rectangle  or  a  semicircle  around  a  court 
from  which  they  were  terraced  back  toward  the  outer 
wall  which  had  no  openings  low  enough  to  be  reached 
by  the  enemy.  Some  of  these,  like  Aztec  on  the  Animas 
and  Pueblo  Bonito  in  Chaco  Canyon,  had  hundreds  of 
rooms.  A  great  number  of  villages  were  placed  on  the 
tops  of  mesas  the  walls  of  which  were  steep  enough  to 
furnish  a  considerable  degree  of  protection.  Puye, 
one  of  the  largest  ruins  on  the  Pajarito  Plateau,  is  so 
situated.  In  many  cases  a  location  was  chosen  just 
above  the  head  of  a  canyon,  on  the  rim,  at  each  side  and 
at  the  end  of  which  the  houses  were  built,  making  it 
impossible  for  the  enemy  completely  to  surround  the 
settlement.  There  are  ruins  in  many  places  which  both 
from  their  character  and  their  location  seem  to  have 
been  built  solely  for  defense.  These  are  round  or  square 
towers  of  considerable  height  which  have  a  few  small 
openings  adapted  by  their  size  and  location  for  the 
observation  of  the  enemy  and  for  the  discharge  of 
arrows.  They  are  usually  placed  so  as  to  command  a 
wide  view  of  the  surrounding  country,  often  being 
perched  on  the  top  of  a  boulder  or  block  of  stone. 

Materials.  The  material  employed  in  building  ap- 
parently depended  upon  what  was  available  in  the 
particular  region.  In  the  San  Juan  drainage,  the  sand- 
stone was  plentiful  and  not  difficult  to  work  and  on  the 
Pajarito  Plateau  there  was  tufa  cut  with  ease.  As  a 
result,  in  both  places  there  are  walls  built  of  well- 
dressed  blocks  of  stone.  In  other  localities  the  stone  is 
in  thin  strata  and  was  broken  off  and  dressed  only 


26 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


enough  to  make  the  surface  of  the  walls  even.  Where 
the  walls  were  thick  the  two  surfaces  were  often  well 
built  and  the  intervening  space  filled  roughly  with  any 
available  material.  Some  of  the  walls  show  regular 
courses  of  large  stones  alternating  with  courses  of  smaller 


Square  Watch  Tower.   San  Juan  River. 
(Courtesy  of  Dr.  Prudden.) 


ones  producing  a  banded  effect,  evidently  intentionally 
decorative. 

Along  the  lower  Gila  and  Salt  Rivers  bedrock  as  a 
source  of  building  material  was  not  available  and 
round  river  boulders  were  used,  the  greater  part  of  the 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES. 


27 


walls  being  composed  of  adobe,  the  peculiar  clay  so 
abundant  in  the  Southwest.  The  walls  of  Casa  Grande 
seem  to  have  been  made  by  pouring  moist  clay  and 
gravel  into  forms  as  concrete  walls  are  now  made. 
When  a  section  of  the  wall  had  hardened,  the  forms 


Diagram  of  Typical  Small  Ruin. 
(Courtesy  of  Dr.  Prudden.) 


were  raised  and  another  section  made.  Walls  of  pre- 
historic pueblos  of  the  Galisteo  Basin  have  been  found 
built  of  cubical  blocks  of  adobe  laid  up  without  mortar. 


28 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


Portion  of  Masonry  Wall.     Chaco  Canyon. 
(Courtesy  of  Dr.  Prudden.) 

The  inner  walls  were  almost  always  plastered  and 
sometimes  whitewashed  and  ornamented  by  painting. 
The  impressions  of  the  hands  of  the  plasterers  found  here 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  29 

and  there  indicate  that  the  women  did  that  part  of  the 
work  at  least. 

Ceilings.  The  ceilings  and  roofs  of  the  rooms  were 
made  by  placing  round  logs  crosswise  with  their  ends 
resting  on  or  built  into  the  walls.  Above  these  were 
placed  small  poles  much  closer  together  and  running 
in  the  other  direction  and  on  them  a  layer  of  brush  and 


Roof.    Spruce  Tree  Ruin. 

(Photo  by  Nusbaum.) 

small  sticks.  A  thick  coating  of  wet  clay  was  then 
applied  and  well  packed  down,  probably  by  tramping  it 
with  the  feet.  This  formed  the  ceiling  and  the  roof  or 
the  ceiling  and  the  floor  of  the  story  above,  as  the  case 
might  be. 

Doors.  The  walls  of  the  lower  stories  were  usually 
without  openings  except  small  ones  to  admit  light  and 
air  and  through  which  one  might  look  out.  The  larger 


30 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


openings  in  the  upper  portions  of  the  walls  were  either 
rectangular  or  T-shaped  and  were  raised  a  foot  or  two 
above  the  floor  level,  serving  for  both  doors  and 
windows.  They  were  evidently  reached  by  ladders 
and  in  some  cases  had  balconies  below  them  on  which  a 
landing  from  the  ladders  was  made.  These  balconies 
were  supported  by  the  large  ceiling  timbers  which  were 
allowed  to  project  beyond  the  walls  for  this  purpose. 


Kiva  at  Spruce  Tree  Ruin. 

(Photo  by  Xusbaum.) 


The  lower  stories  were  reached  by  hatchways  and 
ladders,  either  from  the  rooms  above  or  from  the  roofs 
if  the  building  was  terraced. 

Kivas.  The  kivas,  peculiar  rooms  found  in  practi- 
cally all  the  northern  ruins,  are  for  the  most  part 
circular  and  below  ground  and  are  ordinarily  located  in 
the  courtyard.  They  vary  greatly  in  size  from  ten  or 
twelve  feet  to  thirty  or  more  feet  in  diameter.  A  fire- 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  31 

pit  is  usually  found  near  the  center  and  in  most  cases 
there  is  an  airshaft  of  some  size  opening  at  the  level  of 
the  floor  and  a  masonry  wall  or  stone  slab  in  front  of  the 
opening  to  prevent  a  direct  draft.  It  is  not  unusual  to 
find  masonry  walls  extending  into  the  circular  kivas 
for  some  feet,  but  the  purpose  of  such  construction  does 
not  appear.  They  were  evidently  entered  by  hatchways 
through  the  roofs  which  were  constructed  similar  to 
those  of  the  ordinary  rooms. 

TYPES  OF  RUINS. 

Cliff  Palace.  The  largest  and  perhaps  best  known 
cliff-dwelling  is  situated  in  the  Mesa  Verde  region  a  few 
miles  southwest  of  Mancos,  Colorado.  It  has  been 
named  Cliff  Palace  and  has  been  described  by  many 
writers  since  it  was  first  mentioned  in  public  print  about 
1890.  The  cave  which  shelters  it  is  425  feet  long,  80 
feet  wide  in  the  middle,  and  reaches  an  extreme  height 
of  80  feet.  It  occupies  the  eastern  side  of  Cliff  Palace 
Canyon,  which  is  here  about  200  feet  deep.  The  cave 
opening,  therefore,  faces  the  west,  with  its  axis  roughly 
north  and  south.  It  resulted  from  the  wearing  away 
by  the  elements  of  a  stratum  of  soft  sandstone  which 
was  protected  above  by  a  harder  layer  that  has  remained 
to  form  the  roof.  Parts  of  the  rock  have  broken  from 
this  roof  and  have  fallen  to  the  floor  below  where  they 
have  either  remained  or  rolled  out  to  form  a  slop- 
ing talus  along  its  base.  The  floor  of  the  cave  as  a 
result  is  very  uneven,  so  that  the  structure  stands  upon 
four  terraces  of  varying  height  with  some  of  the  rooms 
resting  upon  large  blocks  of  rock. 

It  appears  that  it  was  not  planned  and  built  as  a 
whole  but  that  the  first  buildings  were  added  to  from 
time  to  time,  both  on  the  sides  and  above.  The  walls 


32 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


of  this  structure,  which  encloses  117  rooms,  not  counting 
those  of  the  upper  stories,  were  built  of  buff  sandstone 
well  dressed  and  laid  with  adobe  mortar  in  regular 
courses.  The  irregularities  are  chinked  with  stone 
fragments.  The  corners  of  the  walls  are  not  bonded 
nor  are  the  joints  of  the  stones  regularly  broken  in  the 


Cliff 


courses.  It  seems  that  these  devices  and  that  of  the 
arch  and  its  keystone  were  unknown  to  the  ancient 
peoples.  These  walls,  which  are  from  one  to  two  feet 
in  thickness,  were  generally  plastered  on  the  inside  and 
sometimes  on  the  outside  with  a  yellow  mud  laid 
on  and  smoothed  with  the  hands,  the  prints  of  which 
are  often  plainly  visible.  In  a  few  cases,  the  walls  are 
ornamented  with  paintings. 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES. 


33 


Both  rectangular  and  T-shaped  doorways  are  found 
and  several  of  them  are  provided  with  a  recess  in  which 
slabs  of  stone  were  placed  to  close  them. 

Many  of  the  ninety-four  rooms  which  were  evidently 
used  for  household  purposes  have  fireplaces  either  in 
one  corner  or  in  the  center.  The  walls  are  blackened 


(Copyrighted  by  F.  K.  Vreeland.) 


Palace. 


with  smoke  for  which  no  other  exit  was  provided  than 
the  doors  and  windows.  In  a  few  of  the  rooms  there 
is  a  raised  bank  along  one  side  which  may  have  fur- 
nished sleeping  places.  Certain  rooms,  especially  those 
with  other  rooms  above  them,  show  no  signs  of  fire  or 
smok  •  and  since  they  were  entirely  dark  were  without 
doubt  used  as  storerooms  for  the  food  supply.  A 
number  of  rooms  devoted  to  the  grinding  of  corn  have 


34  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

boxes  made  of  slabs  of  stone  in  which  the  grinding  was 
done  on  metates  as  at  present  in  the  Southwest.  One 
room  has  four  such  boxes  side  by  side  with  the  metates 
still  in  place.  There  are  many  fireplaces  in  an  open 
plaza  in  the  middle  of  the  village,  where  much  of  the 
cooking  was  probably  done. 

There  are  twenty-three  kivas,  situated  in  a  court, 
most  of  them  having  their  roofs  level  with  the  floors  of 
the  ordinary  rooms  of  the  first  story.  To  give  some  of 
them  the  required  depth  the  solid  rock  was  excavated 
for  several  feet. 

A  round  tower  rising  from  the  summit  of  a  block  of 
stone  reaches  the  roof  of  the  cave.  It  has  been  supposed 
that  this  served  as  a  watch  tower.  It  may  have  been 
that  the  whole  structure  was  intended  as  a  place  in 
which  the  reserve  food  supply  might  be  stored  and 
defended,  since  in  the  neighborhood  are  ruins  of  other 
community  structures  in  less  easily  defended  situations. 

Spruce  Tree  House.  About  two  miles  northwest  in 
an  adjoining  canyon  is  another  cave  with  a  dwelling 
nearly  as  large  and  much  better  preserved.  It  is 
named  Spruce  Tree  House  from  a  tree  found  growing 
in  the  ruins  which  when  cut  in  1891  showed  an  age  of 
168  years.  In  this  dwelling  are  several  ceilings  in  a 
good  state  of  preservation.  This  building  and  Cliff 
Palace  have  been  restored  under  the  direction  of  Dr. 
J.  W.  Fewkes  and  it  is  expected  that  they  will  remain  in 
this  condition  as  permanent  examples  of  such  structures. 

Balcony  House.  Not  far  from  Cliff  Palace  and  in  the 
same  canyon  is  Balcony  House,  named  so  because  one 
of  the  balconies  below  the  doors  of  an  upper  story  was 
found  intact  by  Nordenskiold,  who  describes  it  as 
follows : 

The  second  story  is  furnished,  along  the  wall  mentioned,  with  a 
balcony;    the  joists  between  the  two  stories  project  a  couple  of  feet, 


Aztec  Ruin  on  the  Las  Animas,  New  Mexico. 

Above:    General  View  before  Excavation. 
Below:   Kiva  in  the  Foreground  and  Repaired  House  Walls  to  the  right. 


36  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

long  poles  lie  across  them  parallel  to  the  walls,  the  poles  are  covered  with 
a  layer  of  cedar  bast  and,  finally,  with  dried  clay.  This  balcony  was 
used  as  a  means  of  communication  between  the  rooms  in  the  upper 
story. 

Aztec.  The  ruin  called  Aztec  near  the  town  of  that 
name  stands  in  an  open  valley.  It  is  rectangular  in 
shape  with  tiers  of  rooms  on  three  sides.  There  are 
from  five  to  seven  rooms  in  width  on  the  ground  floor, 
and  the  outer  row  probably  was  originally  four  or  five 
stories  high,  the  walls  of  the  ruin  standing  29  feet  above 
the  foundation.  The  dimensions  of  the  building  are  359 
by  280  feet,  enclosing  a  court  180by200feet,  The  fourth 
side  of  this  court  is  closed  by  a  row  of  one-story 
rooms.  There  are  remains  of  what  was  probably  a 
rampart  some  yards  distant  which  with  the  row  of  one- 
story  rooms  would  have  made  the  place  easy  to  defend. 
From  evidences  observed  it  appears  some  parts  of  this 
structure  were  abandoned  before  others  so  that  it  is 
not  probable  that  the  entire  building  was  occupied  at 
one  time.  The  excavation  of  the  ruin  was  undertaken 
by  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  1916 
and  has  been  continued  each  summer  since.  The  walls 
are  being  reinforced  with  the  expectation  that  the  ruin 
will  remain  for  years  as  a  type  of  one  of  the  larger  com- 
munity buildings  unprotected  by  overhanging  cliffs. 

Pueblo  Bonito.  In  Chaco  Canyon  stands  a  typical 
unprotected  rum  of  a  large  community  house  known 
as  Pueblo  Bonito.  It  is  close  to  the  north  wall  of  the 
canyon,  roughly  semicircular  in  shape,  with  five  or  more 
rows  of  rooms  on  the  ground,  and  was  originally  four  or 
five  stories  high.  Across  the  front  was  a  double  row  of 
rooms  one  story  high  which  enclosed  a  court,  in  which 
wei'e  twenty  or  more  kivas.  The  entire  length  of  the 
structure  was  667  feet  and  its  width  315  feet.  It  con- 
tained more  than  500  rooms.  The  masonry  of  the  walls 
varies  in  character,  that  of  the  first  story  being  com- 


o  M 
-1-2 

•a  * 

o  >> 

OQ  -° 


37 


38  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

posed  of  medium-sized  hewn  stones  and  the  upper 
stories  of  small  flat  stones  faced  to  form  the  outer 
surface.  Many  sticks  of  timber  are  included  in  the  walls 
to  strengthen  them.  This  ruin  was  excavated  by  the 
Hyde  Expedition  of  the  American  Museum  in  1895- 
1900  and  many  remarkable  specimens  were  recovered. 

Cavate  Lodges.  Along  the  Rio  Grande  and  Rio  Verde 
are  the  simplest  possible  dwellings,  those  excavated  in 
the  soft  rock  walls  of  the  canyons.  It  is  along  the  Rio 
Verde  that  the  most  elaborate  of  these  excavations  are 
found.  A  round  opening  was  made  in  the  face  of  the 
cliff  for  the  door  and  sufficient  rock  excavated  to  make 
a  good-sized  living  room  twelve  feet  or  more  in  its 
dimensions  and  high  enough  for  one  to  stand.  Behind 
this  were  storerooms  usually  of  less  size  and  height. 
There  are  hundreds  of  such  rooms  in  the  canyon  walls. 

Natural  Caves.  A  curious  series  of  natural  caves 
near  the  headwaters  of  White  River  in  eastern  Arizona 
have  some  time  been  inhabited.  These  caves  vary  in 
size  and  open  into  each  other  by  low  and  narrow  pas- 
sageways which  are  also  often  steep  since  there  is  con- 
siderable change  in  level.  In  some  places  the  rock  may 
have  been  excavated  and  there  are  a  few  masonry  walls 
subdividing  the  larger  rooms.  The  walls  are  black 
with  smoke  and  the  floors  are  covered  with  dirt  which 
rises  in  dust  since  it  is  almost  completely  without 
moisture.  Several  of  these  natural  rooms  have  small 
openings  in  the  face  of  the  cliff  which  admit  air  and 
light. 

MEANS  OF  SUSTENANCE. 

That  the  ancient  people  were  agriculturists  we  know 
from  the  corn  and  beans  found  in  the  ruins.  In  the 
Museum  collections  are  specimens  of  corn  in  the  ear,  a 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  39 

basket  of  shelled  corn,  and  a  bag  of  corn  meal.  Beans 
are  also  found  and  squash  and  gourds  are  known  to 
have  been  raised. 

We  know  little  of  their  methods  of  tilling  the  land. 
Their  tools  were  simple  wooden  spatulas  or  small  spades 
of  horn  with  wooden  handles,  with  which  the  ground 
was  dug  before  and  after  the  seed  was  planted.  In  much 
of  the  territory  occupied  near  the  sources  of  the  streams, 
the  valley  lands  were  kept  moist  by  the  underflow  and 
did  not  require  irrigation.  At  the  elevation  at  which 
these  streams  leave  the  mountains  there  is  considerable 
rain  in  late  summer,  enough  to  mature  corn  even  on 
the  upland  mesas.  Near  many  of  these  mesa  pueblos 
reservoirs  are  found  which  received  the  water  from  the 
mountain  gulches  and  retained  it  for  household  purposes. 
In  some  cases  the  water  thus  impounded  was  used  to 
irrigate  the  land.  Near  Solomonville  on  the  upper 
portion  of  the  Gila  River  the  gardens  were  arranged 
in  terraces  on  the  sides  and  at  the  bases  of  mesas,  and 
were  watered  from  reservoirs  which  retained  the  rain 
falling  above. 

Irrigation.  The  people  who  occupied  the  valley  of 
the  Rio  Verde  in  central  Arizona  made  fairly  extensive 
use  of  irrigation  ditches  in  the  watering  of  their  crops. 
But  it  is  along  the  middle  and  lower  courses  of  the 
Salt  and  Gila  Rivers  that  evidences  are  found  of  irri- 
gation practised  on  a  large  scale.  The  Hemenway 
Archaeological  Expedition,  in  1887-1888,  explored  Los 
Muertos,  a  veritable  city  with  thirty-six  large  com- 
munal structures,  nine  miles  southeast  of  Tempe, 
Arizona.  This  city,  nine  miles  from  the  Salt  River, 
was  supplied  with  water  by  a  large  canal  7  ft.  deep, 
4  ft.  wide  at  the  bottom,  and  30  ft.  wide  at  the  top. 
The  walls  and  the  bottom  of  the  canal  were  very  hard, 
as  if  they  had  been  plastered  with  adobe  clay  after  the 


40  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

soil  had  been  thoroughly  packed  by  tramping.  It  was 
suggested  by  the  investigators  that  fires  had  been  built 
in  the  canals  and  the  clay  baked  by  this  means.  Many 
side  canals  were  provided  for  the  distribution  of  the 
water  over  the  fields.  The  posts  of  the  gates  for  regu- 
lating the  flow  were  found  at  the  heads  of  these  laterals. 
Mr.  Hodge,  who  reported  these  excavations,  estimates 
that  similar  canals  provided  for  the  irrigation  of  at 
least  200,000  acres,  about  half  of  the  land  in  the  valley 
available  for  agriculture. 

Hunting.  The  large  number  of  bones  of  game 
animals  found  in  the  houses  and  refuse  heaps  indicates 
that  hunting  was  not  neglected.  The  weapons  probably 
employed  were  the  bow  and  arrows,  spears,  and  pos- 
sibly clubs.  The  numerous  pieces  of  large  rope  clearly 
show  they  had  the  means  at  hand  for  snares  as  well. 


MANUFACTURED  OBJECTS. 

Pottery.  Besides  the  variety  of  objects  of  clay  needed 
in  the  household  at  any  definite  time  and  place  there 
must  be  considered  the  evolution  in  time  of  the  art  and 
the  geographical  distribution  of  various  styles. 

Plain  black  cooking  vessels  seem  to  be  rather  uni- 
form over  the  entire  area  and  to  have  been  made  and 
used  at  all  periods.  The  vessel  was  no  doubt  built  up 
by  applying  successive  rounds  of  clay  strips  which  were 
afterward  pressed  down  and  smoothed  off  until  all 
traces  of  the  separate  pieces  were  obliterated.  The 
black  color  probably  resulted  from  smoke  either  when 
the  vessel  was  being  baked  or  while  it  was  being  used 
for  cooking. 

By  leaving  the  filaments  of  clay  unobliterated  on 
the  outside  in  a  continuous  spiral  a  pleasing  texture 
was  secured.  By  applying  the  thumb  in  pressing  down 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  41 

the  fillet  with  some  attention  to  regularity  and  rhythm 
patterns  were  produced,  sometimes  highly  decorative. 
This  style  of  pottery,  known  as  corrugated,  is  found 
over  the  entire  Southwestern  area.  In  the  matter  of 
time  it  has  been  shown  that  corrugated  pottery  began 
with  the  inhabitants  of  pit  or  slab  houses  who  used  wide 
filaments  about  the  upper  portion  of  the  vessels.  It 
did  not  reach  its  finest  stage  until  a  fairly  late  period 
and  continued  to  be  made  until  about  1680.  These 


Prehistoric  Coiled  Ware. 


vessels  were  used  generally,  perhaps  solely,  for  cooking 
purposes.  On  the  upper  Gila  a  distinct  type  of  cor- 
rugated pottery,  which  seems  to  be  of  local  origin  rather 
than  to  belong  to  any  definite  period,  has  very  narrow 
filaments  of  clay  and  is  made  with  great  skill.  The 
interior  of  the  vessels  is  highly  polished. 

For  purposes  other  than  cooking,  another  type  of 
pottery  known  as  black  on  white  was  used  over  the 
entire  area  from  the  earliest  times  until  shortly  after 
the  Spaniards  arrived.  A  white,  or  white  modified  to  a 
gray  or  pink  slip  is  over  the  entire  surface  of  the  vessel, 


42 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


either  inside  or  outside  according  to  the  exposure  of  the 
vessel  to  view.  On  this  white  surface  designs  in  black 
were  painted.  The  black  on  white  pottery  made  by  the 
builders  of  the  slab  houses  and  of  the  small  houses  was 
decidedly  inferior  to  that  which  is  found  in  connection 


Tularosa  Pottery. 


with  the  large  community  houses.  Those  who  are 
familiar  with  the  pottery  of  this  sort  from  the  various 
parts  of  the  Southwest  are  able  to  tell  at  a  glance  from 
what  region  a  vessel  comes.  From  Mesa  Verde  are 
flat  bottom  mugs  with  handles.  Vessels  from  this 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  43 

region  frequently  have  black  dots  on  the  edge  of  the 
rim.  From  Pueblo  Bonito  come  tall,  cylindrical  vessels 
some  of  which  have  realistic  designs.  From  the  very 
headwaters  of  the  Gila  River  have  been  secured  collec- 


Pueblo  Bonito  Pottery. 


Prehistoric  Pottery.     Lower  Gila  River. 

(Courtesy  of  Peabody  Museum.) 


tions  showing  a  great  variety  of  forms  and  styles  of 
decoration,  some  of  which  are  definitely  characteristic 
of  the  region.  South,  along  the  Mimbres,  has  been 


44  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

excavated  a  large  number  of  both  beautiful  and 
curious  vessels,  many  of  them  having  for  designs  finely 
executed  animal  and  human  figures. 

Pottery  with  a  red  surface  on  which  designs  are 
painted  in  black  occurs  generally  in  the  Southwest,  but 
in  the  Little  Colorado  drainage  is  a  ware  with  a  red  slip 
on  which  the  heavier  designs  are  painted  in  black,  with 
narrower  lines  in  white,  which  often  border  the  black 
figures.  This  Little  Colorado  region  is  especially  noted 
for  a  buff  ware  on  which  designs  are  painted  in  black 
which  are  also  often  bordered  with  white. 

Rather  late  in  the  pre-Spanish  period,  over  a  large 
area  centering  in  the  Santa  Fe  region,  a  glaze  paint  was 
applied  to  a  red  or  gray  surface.  At  about  the  beginning 
of  the  Spanish  occupation  the  glaze  was  combined  with 
paint  on  the  same  vessels.  Soon  after,  the  art  of  using 
the  glaze  began  to  deteriorate  and  the  modern  painted 
ware  began  to  make  its  appearance. 

Baskets.  Fragments  of  baskets  have  been  found  in 
many  of  the  ruins  and  it  would  appear  that  they  were 
made  over  the  entire  area.  One  of  the  common  types  of 
basketry  consists  of  a  diagonal  plaiting  of  strips  of  yucca 
leaves  attached  to  a  heavy  wooden  withe  which  forms 
the  border.  The  better  baskets  are  sewed  on  a  coiled 
foundation.  This  foundation  consists  of  two  small 
peeled  rods,  placed  side  by  side.  Above  them  is 
placed  a  small  bundle  of  fibers,  a  few  splints,  or  some- 
times only  two  splints  or  welts.  The  sewing  stitches 
pass  through  this  bundle  or  between  these  splints  so 
as  to  enclose  a  part  of  them  and  tie  the  successive  coils 
together.  The  stitches  do  not  ordinarily  interlock.  The 
specimens  which  have  been  preserved  indicate  a  fair 
degree  of  skill  and  technical  ability.  The  surviving 
material  is  too  scanty  to  furnish  a  basis  for  a  knowledge 
of  the  character  or  the  variety  of  their  designs. 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES. 


45 


Sandals.  The  sandals,  of  which  there  is  a  long  series 
in  the  Museum  collection,  show  great  variety  in  the 
methods  employed  in  making  them  and  in  their  orna- 
mentation. The  simpler  ones  are  diagonally  plaited 
with  broad  strips  of  yucca  leaves.  Others  are  twined 
with  two  strands  and  usually  have  the  lower  side  thick- 
ened and  cushioned  by  imbrication  or  the  attachment 


Types  of  Prehistoric  Sandals. 


of  additional  material  in  the  form  of  numerous  loops 
or  rows  of  twine.  The  warp  is  usually  of  coarse  stiff 
fibers,  probably  derived  from  yucca  leaves,  but  the  woof 
appears  to  be  of  cotton.  The  designs  in  red  and  black 
are  usually  arranged  in  horizontal  stripes  and  bands. 

Those  associated  with  the  people  dwelling  in  com- 
munity houses  are  shaped  in  front  to  conform  to  the 
general  contour  of  the  foot. 

Cloth  was  woven  of  fibers  secured  from  yucca  leaves 
and  from  cotton.  The  cotton  was  most  probably  raised 
in  the  locality  where  it  was  used.  No  complete  looms 
used  in  cloth-making  have  as  yet  been  recovered,  but 
minor  implements  have  been  found.  These  include 


46 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


Yucca  Fiber  Bag.     Grand  Gulch. 

forks  and  batten  sticks,  both  being  implements  used  in 
pressing  down  the  warp.  In  the  floor  of  certain  kivas 
places  have  been  found  where  it  is  supposed  looms  were 
attached.  It  is  altogether  probable  the  loom  was  of  the 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  47 

general  type  still  used  by  the  Pueblo  Indians.  This 
form  is  common  along  the  Pacific  drainage  of 
America  south  to  Chile. 

A  most  interesting  piece  of  weaving  is  a  small 
robe  or  kilt  found  wrapped  around  a  body.  The  weav- 
ing is  diagonal,  producing  raised  patterns  which  are 
further  accentuated  by  the  use  of  black,  red,  and  yel- 
low dye.  This  is  probably  the  finest  piece  of  textile  work 
known  from  the  Southwest  (illustrated  on  page  51). 

While  the  specimens  recovered  from  the  north- 
western portion  of  the  area  indicate  a  great  variety  and 
perfection  in  textile  art,  there  are  many  examples  of 
cotton  and  yucca  fiber  textiles  from  all  parts  of  the  area. 

Stonework.  The  grinding  stones  employed  were 
metates  of  the  same  sort  now  used  in  the  Southwest  and 
found  in  the  southern  portion  of  California,  in  Mexico 
and  Central  America,  and  generally  in  South  America. 
The  bottom  stone,  the  metate,is  a  slab  roughened  by 
pecking  and  often  ground  down  in  the  middle  so  that  it 
has  a  raised  border  on  either  side.  For  use,  it  has  the 
front  end  raised,  making  an  angle  of  about  30  degrees 
with  the  floor.  The  upper  stone,  called  a  mano,  is 
usually  a  rectangular  prism  which  is  grasped  at  both 
ends  with  the  hands  of  a  kneeling  woman  and  rubbed  up 
and  down  over  the  bottom  stone. 

The  axes  and  pestles,  made  by  pecking  and  grinding 
selected  stones,  are  gracefully  shaped  and  excellently 
made.  The  usual  method  of  attaching  a  handle  to  the 
ax  was  to  wrap  stout  withes  around  it  in  the  one  or 
more  grooves  provided. 

The  flaked  objects  of  jasper  and  flint  show  excellent 
workmanship  and  many  of  them  are  very  pleasing  in 
outline.  There  are  many  arrow-heads  and  drill  points 
and  a  few  large  pieces  which  were  evidently  used  on 


48 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


ul 


I 

CQ 

I 

"08 

pq 


I 

£ 


-r 
q 


>     t 
~~     i 
£  ^ 

.S   "o 
o 

73    > 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES. 


49 


spears.  Some  of  the  arrows  are  of  reeds  with  fore- 
shafts  while  others  have  simple  shafts.  The  drills 
are  also  simple  and  arrow-like.  The  fire-making  appa- 
ratus is  represented  by  several  large  fragments  of  the 
hearth  or  bottom  piece  and  drills  some  of  which  are 


Objects  of  Wood  and  Bone,  a,  Arrow;  b,  Sinew-wrapped  End  of 
Bow;  c,  Flint-pointed  Drill;  d-e,  Firedrill;  /,  Wooden  Awl;  g,  Bone 
Awl. 


compound  like  a  foreshaf ted  arrow.  A  great  variety  of 
objects  made  of  stone,  shell,  and  bone  has  been  secured. 
Some  of  the  most  interesting  of  these  are  exceedingly 
small  stone  disks  with  minute  perforations  drilled  for 
stringing.  Very  beautiful  inlaid  work  has  been  re- 
covered, pieces  of  turquoise  being  set  in  jet  or  bone  to 
form  mosaics. 

The  wonderful  deposits  of  turquoise  obtained  at 
Pueblo  Bonito  by  the  Hyde  expedition  illustrate  both 
the  ability  and  the  aesthetic  taste  of  these  early  in- 


50 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


Stone  Axes  and  Hammers. 


Polished  Stone  Chisels. 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES. 


51 


habitants  of  the  Southwest.  There  are  thousands  of 
disk-shaped,  perforated  turquoise  beads,  rectangular 
pieces  which  seem  to  have  been  fastened  to  the  clothing, 
splendidly  carved  birds  and  insects,  and  remarkable 
mosaics.  As  examples  of  the  latter  may  be  mentioned  a 
cylinder  the  core  of  which  had  disintegrated  greatly  but 
with  the  mosaic  covering  still  in  position,  a  bone 
scraper  with  an  inlaid  band,  and  a  frog  of  jet  with  an 
inlaid  turquoise  necklace  and  eyes. 


Prehistoric  Rattle  and  Flageolet. 


At  Pueblo  Bonito  were  also  found  several  flageo- 
lets, some  of  them  decorated  with  painted  designs, 
and  one  or  two  with  carved  figures  of  birds.  From 
Grand  Gulch  there  is  a  rattle  of  small  hoofs  of  deer  or 
antelope  and  also  some  dice,  together  with  a  cup  from 
which  they  may  have  been  thrown. 

There  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the  prehistoric 
peoples  of  the  Southwest  knew  how  to  secure  and  make 
use  of  the  copper  which  is  abundant  in  that  region. 
A  few  pieces  of  copper  in  the  form  of  bells  and  ornaments 


52  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

were  found  at  Pueblo  Bonito  but  it  is  more  than  likely 
they  were  brought  from  Mexico  in  trade.  Some  re- 
markable pieces  of  pottery  with  a  textile  backing  and 
examples  of  cloisonne  work  are  believed  to  have 
reached  Pueblo  Bonito  in  the  same  manner. 


DISPOSAL  OF  DEAD. 

The  dead  were  variously  disposed  of.  In  the  north- 
west along  Grand  Gulch  and  Cottonwood  Creek  they 
were  buried  in  caves  and  under  the  floors  of  houses. 


Mummy  Wrapped  in  a  Cotton  Robe.    Grand  Gulch,  Utah. 

In  the  Pajarito  Plateau,  the  bodies  of  children  were 
sometimes  placed  in  a  house  wall  and  enclosed  with 
masonry  but  adults  were  buried  in  cemeteries. 
Burial  under  the  floors  was  practised  in  Galisteo  Basin 
and  on  the  upper  Gila,  but  lower  on  that  stream 
cremation  and  urn  burial  of  the  ashes  was  the  custom 
followed. 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  53 

RELIGION. 

We  know  little  of  the  religious  practices  in  pre- 
historic times.  There  are  many  objects  which  may  with 
reason  be  supposed  to  have  been  ceremonial  in  their 
use.  In  the  Rio  Grande  region,  are  found  large  stone 
images  that  have  long  been  supposed  to  be  idols.  Mr. 
N.  C.  Nelson,  while  excavating  Pueblo  Largo  ruin  in 
Galisteo  Valley,  found  a  stone  image  before  which  on  a 
raised  adobe  platform  were  several  pottery  vessels  and 
queer-shaped  stones.  These  objects  and  their  arrange- 
ment certainly  present  an  early  type  of  the  altar  still 
in  use  among  the  Pueblo  Indians. 


SUMMARY. 

Perhaps  nowhere  in  North  America  is  it  possible  to 
reconstruct  so  detailed  and  vivid  a  picture  of  the  life 
of  a  prehistoric  people  as  in  the  Southwest.  The  gen- 
erally arid  climate  and  the  protection  of  large  caves 
have  preserved  textiles  and  other  objects  which  usually 
perish. 

The  large  community  houses  brought  together  con- 
siderable numbers  of  people  who  lived  together  in  close 
association.  Such  communities  subdivided  no  doubt 
into  small  groups  on  the  basis  of  relationship,  wealth,  or 
ceremonial  and  religious  duties.  We  must  assume 
rulers  or  officers  both  political  and  religious.  They 
were  of  necessity  an  industrious  people  since  consider- 
able tracts  of  land  were  planted  each  year  to  corn,  beans, 
squash,  and  probably  cotton.  In  addition,  consider- 
able quantities  of  wild  grass  seeds,  nuts,  and  similar 
food  were  gathered.  There  are  evidences  that  flocks  of 
turkeys  proportional  to  the  needs  of  each  settlement 
were  kept  and  that  they  were  given  proper  care  and 
housing.  We  do  not  know  that  their  flesh  was  used 


54  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

for  food  but  their  feathers  were  in  great  demand 
for  clothing.  A  certain  amount  of  hunting  was  also 
done,  for  the  bones  found  indicate  that  deer  and 
lesser  animals  were  used  for  food. 

The  food  of  course  had  to  be  prepared  and  served. 
Each  woman  probably  made  her  own  dishes  of  clay. 
Such  skill  and  art  as  are  displayed  in  the  pottery  of  the 
Southwest  are  not  easily  acquired.  The  girls  must  have 
been  educated  by  frequent  instruction  and  practice  in 
the  art.  Clothing  seems  to  have  been  made  by  the  time 
consuming  methods  of  hand  manufacture :  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  fibers,  either  of  cotton  or  yucca,  spinning  by 
hand,  and  the  slow  building  up  of  a  web  of  cloth  by 
adding  thread  to  thread  in  a  primitive  loom.  The 
houses  needed  a  certain  amount  of  care,  especially 
those  built  in  the  open  places.  The  roofs  had  to  be  kept 
tight  and  the  walls  plastered  and  protected  from  rain. 
In  some  instances  there  seems  to  have  been  constant 
additions  of  rooms  to  these  community  structures.  In 
other  cases  the  entire  population  moved  away  and  built 
again. 

Those  who  believe  the  occupation  in  the  Southwest 
to  have  been  of  short  duration  and  that  the  population 
at  any  one  time  was  not  great  might  estimate  for  us  the 
number  of  working  hours  required  to  build  all  the  known 
structures  and  make  all  the  pottery  of  which  we  have 
remains. 

With  all  this  busy  industrial  life  we  know  there  was 
time  for  the  making  of  many  ornaments;  and  there  are 
reasons  to  believe  that  games  and  sports  were  engaged 
in  and  that  ceremonies  of  some  sort  were  performed. 

In  short,  life  was  not  particularly  different  from  that 
observed  in  the  Southwest  later  by  the  Spaniards  and 
which  may  still  be  witnessed  at  Zuni  or  on  the  Hopi 
mesas.  It  may  be  added  that  in  contrast  with  the  North 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  55 

American  Indians  in  general,  the  daily  life  in  these 
regions  was  not  strikingly  different  from  that  in  agri- 
cultural village  communities  in  Europe  at  the  same 
period.  The  more  essential  differences  were  the  lack  of 
domestic  animals  which  assisted  the  European  peasant 
in  his  labors  and  the  limited  commerce  in  America. 

According  to  our  present  information  we  must  con- 
sider the  inhabitants  of  these  cliff  ruins  and  the  ruined 
community  houses  which  are  scattered  over  the  South- 
west, the  ancestors  of  the  present-day  pueblo  people. 
Certainly  the  culture  they  developed  has  survived,  on 
the  Rio  Grande,  at  Zufii,  and  on  the  Hopi  mesas  with 
no  great  amount  of  change.  Whether  at  the  time  these 
ruins  were  populated  there  were  peoples  living  in  this 
region  with  less  permanent  houses,  leading  a  nomadic 
life,  we  do  not  know. 

THE  BASKET  MAKERS. 

In  southern  Utah  and  northern  Arizona  there  have 
been  found  remains  of  a  people  for  the  present  known  as 
Basket  Makers.  They  were  accustomed  to  bury  their 
dead  in  pits  or  cists  excavated  in  the  floors  of  caves. 
The  protection  thus  afforded  from  moisture  has  pre- 
served both  the  bodies  and  the  clothing  and  objects 
buried  with  them.  The  skulls  of  these  Basket  Makers 
are  easily  distinguished  from  those  of  the  Cliff  Dwellers 
who  often  occupied  the  same  caves.  The  skulls  are 
not  deformed  as  are  those  of  the  Cliff  Dwellers  and  aside 
from  that  they  are  unusually  long  and  vaulted  with  a 
characteristic  narrowing  in  front.  We  know  nothing  of 
the  houses  these  people  occupied  except  that  they  were 
too  meager  and  temporary  to  survive.  They  were  an 
agricultural  people,  raising  corn  and  pumpkins.  They 
appear  to  have  hunted  more  and  more  successfully  than 
did  the  inhabitants  of  the  stone  houses,  for  their  cloth- 


56 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


ing  was  largely  made  of  strips  of  fur  attached  to  a  net  of 
fabric.  While  it  is  to  be  presumed  that  they  had  pottery 
of  some  sort  for  the  cooking  of  corn,  none  has  been  found 
which  is  so  definitely  connected  with  their  burials  as  to 
leave  no  doubt  in  the  matter.  They  made,  however, 
very  excellent  basketry.  This  was  coiled  or  sewed,  very 
similar  to  that  found  in  the  community  houses.  The 
coiled  foundation  consists  of  two  peeled  twigs  placed 


Sandals  of  the  Basket  Makers. 


side  by  side  and  a  small  bundle  of  fibers  placed  between 
and  above  them.  The  stitches  of  the  sewing  material 
do  not  interlock.  The  designs  upon  these  baskets,  in 
black  or  brown,  are  of  the  geometrical  sort  usually 
found  on  basketry.  The  sandals  are  often  very  well 
made  with  a  pile-like  padding  on  the  bottom,  and  are 
distinguished  from  those  of  the  stone-house  people  by 
their  square  toes. 

The  Basket  Makers  possessed  a  dart  hurling  device 
known  as  an  atlatl.  The  contrivance  produces  the  result 
of  considerably  increasing  the  leverage  of  the  arm. 


THE  ANCIENT  PEOPLES.  57 

Similar  objects  are  found  southward  into  Mexico  but 
are  not  found  farther  north  than  Utah.  The  present 
presumption  is  that  this  weapon  was  used  to  the  exclu- 
sion of  the  bow,  which,  from  its  wide  distribution,  must 
have  been  known  in  America  from  its  earliest  settlement. 

The  Basket  Makers  also  made  very  useful  and  well- 
decorated  sacks  of  yucca  fiber  strings.  Large  quantities 
of  human  hair  both  as  finished  twine  and  in  preparation 
have  been  found. 

Whether  these  Basket  Makers  changed  their  ways  of 
life  and  became  pueblo  dwellers  we  do  not  know.  It  is 
not  generally  to  be  assumed  that  a  people  well  settled  in 
a  locality  with  a  highly  developed  culture  change  their 
ways  of  life  without  pronounced  foreign  influence  such 
as  results  from  a  movement  of  population. 


CHAPTER  II. 

THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 
EXPLORATION. 

IN  the  first  half  of  the  sixteenth  century  the  suc- 
cessors of  Cortes  were  extending  the  rule  of  Spain 
beyond  the  Valley  of  Mexico.  Antonio  de  Mendoza 
was  the  viceroy  of  Mexico,  and  Nuno  de  Guzman  had 
explored  the  Gulf  of  California  and  organized  its  eastern 
shore  into  the  province  of  New  Galicia.  Narvaez  with 
a  considerable  company  had  sailed  from  Cuba  with  the 
purpose  of  taking  possession  of  the  region  about  the 
mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande  but  was  forced  by  a  storm  to 
land  on  the  west  coast  of  Florida.  The  party  landed 
much  too  far  east,  painfully  made  their  way  west- 
ward, finally  building  small  vessels  in  which  they 
attempted  to  sail  to  their  destination. 

Cabeza  de  Vaca.  Eight  years  later,  in  1536,  Cabeza 
de  Vaca,  the  treasurer  of  this  ill-fated  expedition, 
accompanied  by  two  Spaniards  and  a  negro  named 
Estevan,  arrived  in  New  Galicia  on  foot  having  crossed 
Texas  and  northern  Mexico.  They  had  heard  of 
great  "cows"  on  which  the  natives  of  the  vast  plains 
lived  and  also  of  settled  towns.  Now,  the  ancient 
Mexicans  had  a  myth  which  told  of  their  origin  in  the 
north  where  there  were  seven  caves  or  canyons  from 
which  they  believed  they  had  migrated.  There  were 
rumors  in  Mexico  of  seven  cities  of  wealth  in  the  north. 
Furthermore,  it  was  an  adventurous  age  and  men  were 
looking  for  new  lands  where  there  was  gold  ready  mined, 
and  men  to  kill  or  to  convert,  as  occasion  demanded. 

Marcos  de  Niza.  To  investigate  this  report  of  seven 
cities  to  the  north,  a  Franciscan  friar,  Marcos  de  Niza, 
was  sent  with  a  small  escort  and  the  negro,  Estevan,  as  a 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS  59 

guide.  As  they  went  toward  the  north  they  continually 
heard  of  the  great  and  rich  cities;  but  great  and  rich 
and  cities  meant  one  thing  to  Europeans  acquainted 
with  Mexico  and  Peru  and  another  thing  to  the  natives. 

When  they  reached  Vacapa,  in  central  Sonora, 
Estevan  was  told  to  go  in  advance  and  discover  the  best 
route.  He  was  ordered  to  send  back  word  of  what  he 
might  find  and  not  to  proceed  more  than  fifty  or  sixty 
leagues.  Estevan  sent  back  messengers  but  hurried 
on  himself  and  after  some  days  of  delay  the  friar  fol- 
lowed. A  month  later  when  he  had  reached  the 
mountainous  country  one  of  the  men  who  had  been  with 
the  negro  met  him  and  told  him  that  they  had  reached  the 
sought  seven  cities  but  that  the  natives  had  killed 
Estevan.  Friar  Marcos  went  on  until  he  could  see 
in  the  distance  one  of  the  villages  of  the  Zuni  Indians 
and  was  then  forced  to  return  by  his  unwilling  followers. 

Coronado.  The  report  which  he  brought  back  was 
sufficiently  glowing  to  bring  about  an  expedition  the 
next  year  by  Francisco  Vazquez  Coronado,  who  had 
been  the  governor  of  New  Galicia.  Hernando  de 
Alvarado  was  his  chief  lieutenant.  The  advance  guard 
arrived  at  Cibola,  supposed  with  good  reasons  to  be 
the  former  villages  of  the  Zuni,  on  July  7,  1540.  After 
some  fighting,  during  which  Coronado  was  wounded, 
the  Indians  took  refuge  on  Thunder  Mountain,  leaving 
their  villages  to  the  Spaniards.  Hearing  a  report  of 
seven  other  cities  to  the  northwest,  Don  Pedro  de  Tovar 
was  sent  to  investigate.  He  visited  the  Hopi  villages 
known  to  the  Spaniards  as  Tusayan  and  returned, 
bringing  an  account  of  the  villages  and  a  report  of  a 
great  river  with  an  uncrossable  canyon  to  the  west. 

Alvarado,  the  second  in  command,  was  sent  with  a 
few  men  to  explore  toward  the  east.  He  passed  the 
village  of  Acoma,  perched  on  its  high  mesa,  and  arrived 


60  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

at  the  Rio  Grande,  probably  near  Bernalillo,  where  there 
were  villages  similar  to  those  of  Cibola.  Coronado 
joined  him  here  with  the  main  army  and  passed  the 
winter  in  one  of  the  villages.  The  natives,  at  first 
friendly,  offended  by  the  constant  demands  for  food 
and  clothing  and  by  the  ill-treatment  of  their  women, 
drove  off  the  horses  and  mules  of  the  Spaniards.  The 
village  involved  was  attacked  and  some  of  the  men  sur- 
rendered. The  officer  in  charge  prepared  two  hundred 
stakes  for  these  prisoners  but  when  the  Indians  saw 
they  were  to  be  roasted  alive  they  seized  the  stakes  and 
renewed  the  fight  with  the  result  that  they  all  died  more 
agreeable  deaths.  During  the  winter,  the  Rio  Grande 
was  explored  to  the  north  and  south  and  the  various 
pueblos  described.  A  captive  from  the  Plains  Indians, 
called  by  the  Spaniards  the  Turk,  told  of  a  still  more 
wonderful  country,  Quivira.  In  the  spring  a  division 
of  the  army  started  to  visit  this  country  with  Turk  as  a 
guide.  They  soon  came  to  open  country  where  there 
were  vast  herds  of  buffalo  and  Indians  following  them 
with  skin  tents  and  dogs  that  transported  their  property. 
After  weeks  of  travel  Turk  was  discredited  and  another 
Indian  led  them  to  some  unimportant  villages  of  agri- 
cultural Indians.  The  distances  and  directions  would 
have  brought  them  to  the  neighborhood  of  eastern 
Kansas. 

After  a  stay  of  twenty-five  days  they  returned  to  the 
Rio  Grande  where  they  spent  the  whiter.  Coronado 
fell  from  his  horse  and  was  seriously  hurt.  A  council 
decided  upon  an  immediate  return  to  Mexico  and  all 
went  gladly  except  two  monks  who  chose  to  remain 
behind  and  preach,  but  they  soon  perished  at  the  hands 
of  the  natives.  The  expectations  of  those  who  had 
organized  the  expedition  had  been  great.  They  had 
been  looking  for  another  Mexico  or  Peru  with  great 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  61 

cities  and  great  wealth.  Nothing  seemed  to  have  re- 
sulted from  the  expedition  worth  the  labor  and  expense 
involved. 

THE  CONQUEST. 

It  was  forty  years  later,  in  1580,  that  Francisco 
Sanchez  Chamuscado  accompanied  three  Franciscan 
missionaries  up  the  Rio  Grande  to  New  Mexico  and  left 
them  to  begin  the  Christianizing  of  the  Indians,  but 
during  the  following  winter  all  three  were  killed.  When 
their  fate  was  known  in  Mexico,  Antonio  de  Espejo, 
with  fourteen  Spaniards  visited  the  principal  pueblos. 
The  interest  created  by  his  report  resulted  in  allowing 
Juan  de  Onate  to  colonize  the  country.  He  came  in 
1598  with  130  white  men  and  many  Indians,  visited  the 
important  pueblos,  received  their  submission,  and  es- 
tablished a  capital  and  built  the  church  San  Gabriel 
at  Chamita,  where  the  Chama  flows  into  the  Rio 
Grande.  Onate  continued  as  governor  until  1608. 
By  1630  most  of  the  pueblos  were  provided  with 
churches  and  missionaries. 

THE  REBELLION. 

The  natives,  vassals  of  the  king  of  Spain,  were 
treated  harshly  by  the  civil  and  military  authorities; 
the  priests,  eager  to  establish  their  religion,  forced 
it  upon  the  Indians,  at  the  same  time  repressing 
the  native  beliefs  and  practices.  These  two  causes 
produced  a  feeling  of  resentment  which  finally  resulted 
in  rebellion  in  1680.  The  heads  of  the  pueblos  com- 
municated with  each  other  and  appointed  a  day  on 
which  all  the  white  people  should  be  killed.  One  of  the 
inhabitants  of  San  Juan  was  kindly  disposed  toward  the 
rulers  and  priests  and  gave  them  warning.  But  this 


62  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

only  resulted  in  an  immediate  attack  in  which  the 
priests  in  all  the  near-by  villages  were  killed.  Word 
was  sent  to  the  other  villages  of  the  miscarriage  of  the 
plot  and  the  priests  and  Spaniards  living  in  them  were 
killed.  Governor  Otermin,  after  several  days  of  un- 
successful fighting  about  Santa  Fe,  which  had  become 
the  capital,  fled  with  many  of  the  Spanish  inhabitants 
to  El  Paso.  He  returned  the  next  year,  succeeded  in 
capturing  Isleta,  but  failed  to  reestablish  his  rule. 

In  1683  Petriz  de  Cruzat  became  governor.  He  was 
later  removed  and  still  later  reappointed.  He  made  a 
successful  march  as  far  as  Sia  where  in  an  all-day  battle 
he  beat  the  combined  Indians,  killing  600  and  capturing 
70  of  them.  Before  the  report  of  this  victory  reached 
the  king,  Don  Diego  de  Vargas  was  appointed  as  his 
successor.  He  conducted  a  vigorous  war  from  1692 
until  1696,  during  which  he  tried  in  vain  to  take  the 
Black  Mesa  near  Espanola  upon  which  the  inhabitants 
of  San  Ildefonso  had  established  themselves,  but  suc- 
ceeded in  capturing  Old  Cochiti  in  a  night  attack. 
Most  of  the  warriors  had  escaped,  and  by  a  counter 
attack  they  released  half  of  the  340  women  and  children 
held  as  prisoners.  De  Vargas  burned  the  village  and  took 
the  stored  corn  to  Santa  Fe.  In  the  end  the  Indians 
were  subjugated  and  peace  was  established,  but  the 
Indians  were  not  again  treated  so  harshly  and  the 
priests  were  more  tolerant  toward  the  native  religious 
practices  and  less  insistent  upon  anything  but  a  nominal 
acceptance  of  Christianity. 

DISTRIBUTION  IN  1540. 

If  we  assume  that  all  the  inhabited  pueblos,  with  one 
exception  mentioned  below,  were  seen  by  members  of 
Coronado's  party,  it  appears  that  there  had  already 
been  a  considerable  shrinkage  in  the  pueblo  area. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  63 

They  did  not  hear  of  villages  anywhere  on  the  San  Juan 
or  Gila  rivers  or  their  tributaries.  With  the  Coronado 
expedition  was  a  private  soldier  interested  in  ethnology, 
Pedro  de  Castafieda,  who  left  not  only  a  most  readable 
narrative  of  the  journey  itself,  but  interesting  observa- 
tions concerning  the  number  and  location  of  villages 
and  the  manner  of  life  of  the  natives.  He  listed  the 
villages  and  described  them  as  located  in  the  following 
provinces : 

Cibola.  This  province  when  first  discovered  was 
said  to  have  seven  villages.  Of  these  the  location  of 
five  seems  fairly  certain.  They  are  Hawikuh  and  Ket- 
tcippawa  near  Ojo  Caliente,  the  present  Zuni,  then 
known  as  Halona,  and  Matsaki  and  Kiakima  near 
Thunder  Mountain.  At  the  time  of  the  rebellion  in 
1680  Hawikuh,  Zuni,  Matsaki,  and  Kiakima  were  still 
inhabited.  At  the  close  of  the  rebellion  the  people 
gathered  at  Zuni  where  they  remained  until  the  recent 
movement  to  the  outlying  districts. 

Tusayan.  The  province  of  Tusayan  also  had  seven 
villages  situated  near  the  sites  of  the  present  Hopi 
pueblos.  One  of  the  most  important  of  these,  Awatobi, 
was  attacked  by  the  other  Hopi  people  in  1700  because 
it  received  a  missionary  after  the  rebellion,  and  was 
abandoned.  At  about  the  same  time  Hano,  near 
Walpi,  on  the  first  mesa,  was  settled  by  Indians  who 
came  from  pueblos  on  the  Rio  Grande.  Castafieda 
estimated  the  population  of  the  two  provinces  of 
Cibola  and  Tusayan  at  between  three  and  four  thousand. 

A  coma.  The  high  mesa  with  Acoma  on  its  top, 
reached  by  difficult  trails,  is  unmistakably  described. 
The  cisterns  on  the  mesa  which  hold  the  rain  and  melted 
snow  are  mentioned.  The  population  is  given  as  two 
hundred  men. 


64  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

Tiguex.  The  province  of  Tiguex,  on  the  Rio  Grande 
near  Bernalillo,  had  twelve  villages  scattered  along  the 
valley  on  either  side  of  the  river.  None  of  these 
villages  is  now  inhabited.  Below  along  the  river  was 
the  province  of  Tutahaco  with  eight  villages,  probably 
in  the  neighborhood  of  Isleta  which  may  occupy  the 
site  of  one  of  them.  Still  farther  down  the  Rio  Grande 
were  three  villages  which  may  have  been  situated  as 
far  south  as  San  Marcial  where  there  are  ruins  of  the 
former  Piro  villages. 

Salinas.  East  of  the  river  were  at  least  three 
villages  not  mentioned  by  any  of  Coronado's  followers 
but  included  later  in  the  district  of  Salinas,  named  from 
the  salt  lakes  in  the  neighborhood.  These  villages  of 
Abo,  Quarai,  and  Tabira,  generally  known  as  Gran 
Quivira,  were  hard  pressed  by  the  Apache  and  appear 
to  have  been  deserted  about  1675.  When  Governor 
Otermin  passed  down  the  Rio  Grande  in  1680  after  the 
uprising,  the  inhabitants  of  the  villages  on  the  lower 
Rio  Grande,  Socorro,  Sevilleta,  and  Alamillo,  collec- 
tively known  as  the  Piro,  then  few  in  number  from  the 
raids  of  the  Apache,  joined  him  and  were  established 
near  El  Paso  where  a  few  of  their  descendants  are  still 
living  at  Isleta  del  Sur. 

Quirix.  Just  north  of  Tiguex  was  the  province  of 
Quirix  with  seven  villages,  probably  those  now  repre- 
sented by  the  Keresan  villages  of  Santo  Domingo,  San 
Felipe,  Santa  Ana,  Sia,  and  Cochiti,  the  location  of 
many  of  which  was  changed  during  the  rebellion. 

Tanos.  To  the  east  of  these,  was  Ximena,  with  three 
villages  in  Galisteo  Valley,  deserted  at  the  time  of  the 
rebellion.  San  Cristobal  and  Tanos,  the  largest  of 
these,  were  excavated  for  the  American  Museum 
during  the  summer  of  1912  by  Mr.  N.  C.  Nelson.  In 
the  "snowy  mountains"  there  were  seven  villages  not 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  65 

referred  to  by  name  now  completely  in  ruins  and  hard 
to  identify. 

Cicuye.  On  the  Pecos  River  was  the  one  large 
pueblo  known  to  the  men  of  Coronado  by  the  name 
Cicuye.  It  was  estimated  at  that  time  to  contain  500 
fighting  men.  The  population  of  Pecos  slowly  de- 
creased, room  after  room  of  the  great  pueblo  being 
abandoned,  until  in  1838  the  handful  of  survivors 
moved  to  Jemez. 

Jemez.  This  was  originally  a  province,  given  the 
name  Hemes  by  Castaneda,  which  in  his  time  con- 
sisted of  seven  villages  with  three  additional  ones  at 
Aguas  Calientes,  Jemez  Hot  Springs.  The  popula- 
tion was  concentrated  during  the  seventeenth  century 
until  only  two  of  these  villages  were  occupied.  After 
the  rebellion,  during  which  Jemez  suffered  particularly, 
only  one  village  was  maintained. 

Tewa.  Northward  was  Yuqueyunque,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Chama,  and  six  villages  in  the  mountains 
which  probably  included  the  pueblos  north  of  Santa 
Fe.  Finally,  several  leagues  to  the  north  were  the  two 
pueblos  of  Picuris  and  Taos,  the  latter  called  Braba, 
both  located  nearly  as  they  stand  to-day. 

Besides  these  inhabited  villages,  others  are  men- 
tioned as  having  been  recently  destroyed  by  a  Plains 
tribe,  the  Teya,  possibly  the  Comanche. 

Castaneda  summarizes  the  Rio  Grande  region  with  a 
statement  that  these  sixty-six  villages  were  scattered 
over  a  distance  of  130  leagues  having  the  province  of 
Tiguex  near  the  middle  with  a  combined  population  of 
20,000  men. 

It  appears  that  the  area  which  ruins  show  once  to 
have  been  inhabited  by  sedentary  peoples  had  been  re- 
duced nearly  half  at  the  time  the  Spanish  first  entered 
the  country,  and  the  number  of  inhabited  villages  to- 


66 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


day  is  much  smaller  than  when  Coronado  visited  them 
in  1540.  The  pueblo  of  Pecos,  those  of  the  Galisteo 
Valley,  and  of  the  Salinas  District,  and  all  those  on  the 
Rio  Grande  south  of  Isleta  are  in  ruins. 

Nor  are  more  than  one  or  two  of  the  pueblos  situated 
exactly  as  they  were  in  1540.     Immediately  after  the 


Pueblo  of  Walpi. 

(Photo  by  Howard  MeCormiek.) 


rebellion,  the  pueblos  in  less  easily  defended  situations 
were  deserted  and  others  built  in  more  secure  locations. 
The  inhabitants  of  San  Ildefonso  took  refuge  on  the  top 
of  Black  Mesa;  those  of  Cochiti  left  their  village  on  the 
slope  of  the  mesa  and  built  another  on  the  top,  where 
they  were  joined  by  refugees  from  other  pueblos. 
Nearly  all  the  Hopi  villages  were  also  moved  at  that 
time  to  mesa  tops.  The  inhabitants  of  Zuni  went  to  the 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 


67 


top  of  Thunder  Mountain.  Although  some  of  the 
pueblos  were  captured  by  the  Spanish  and  certain 
abandoned  pueblos  were  burned  during  the  re-conquest, 
most  of  the  changes  in  location  seem  to  have  been  made 
voluntarily  in  anticipation  of  Spanish  vengeance. 


Pueblo  of  Zuni. 
(Copyrighted  by  Fred  Harvey.) 


PRESENT  DISTRIBUTION. 

Rio  Grande.  The  villages  now  occupied  are  usually 
separated  into  three  groups,  the  Rio  Grande,  the 
Hopi  pueblos,  and  Zuni  standing  by  itself.  The  Rio 
Grande  pueblos  are  again  divided  into  the  Tanoan 
and  Keresan,  because  the  languages  of  the  two 
are  totally  different.  There  are  also  minor  differences 
in  culture.  The  Tanoan  group  consists  of  Taos,  Picuris, 
San  Juan,  Santa  Clara,  San  Ildefonso,  Tesuque,  Pojoa- 
que;  Nambe,  Jemez,  Sandia,  and  Isleta.  Those  which 


68  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

use  the  Keresan  language  are  San  Felipe,  Cochiti, 
Santo  Domingo,  Santa  Ana,  Sia,  Laguna,  and  Acoma. 

Hopi.  The  Hopi  villages  are  geographically  sepa- 
rated into  the  first  or  eastern  mesa  on  which  stand 
Walpi,  Sichumovi,  and  Hano;  the  second  or  middle 
mesa  with  Shipaulovi,  Mishongnovi,  Shumopovi;  and 
on  the  third  mesa,  Oraibi,  the  largest  of  all. 

Quite  recently  the  conservative  party  of  Oraibi,  who 
wish  to  live  as  they  formerly  did,  have  withdrawn  and 
built  a  new  village  known  as  Hotavila  a  few  miles  away 
on  the  same  mesa.  Forty  miles  westward  is  the  summer 
village  of  Moenkapi  situated  where  conditions  are  favor- 
able to  agriculture.  The  language  of  the  Hopi  proper  is 
Shoshonean  connected  with  Ute  and  Comanche.  One 
of  the  villages,  however,  Hano,  still  has  its  Tewan 
dialect,  maintained  since  the  migration  from  the  Rio 
Grande  early  in  the  eighteenth  century. 

Ziuni.  The  pueblo  of  Zufii,  which  by  itself  is  the 
descendant  of  the  seven  cities  of  Cibola,  has  three 
outlying  farming  villages,  Pescado,  Nutria,  and  Ojo 
Caliente  which  are  fast  becoming  permanent  settle- 
ments. The  Zuni  language  is  believed  to  be  entirely 
independent  of  all  others. 


HABITATIONS. 

The  houses  of  the  sedentary  peoples  of  the  Southwest 
retain  the  two  chief  characteristics  of  those  of  the 
ancient  peoples  which  are  really  the  most  striking 
features  of  Southwestern  culture:  they  are  communal, 
honeycomb-like,  and  almost  without  exception  ter- 
raced. 

Arrangement  of  Buildings.  The  modern  villages 
present  three  types  of  arrangement.  A  large  square 
or  rectangular  building,  terraced  back  from  all  four 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  69 

sides,  results  in  a  pyramid  which  is  easily  defended. 
The  common  prehistoric  arrangement  around  an  en- 
closed court  from  which  the  upper  stories  recede  is  still 
found.  The  third  type  has  the  houses  in  long  parallel 
rows  terraced  back  from  the  streets. 

In  the  Rio  Grande  region  Taos  has  two  large  houses 
of  the  pyramidal  type  on  either  side  of  a  beautiful 
stream.  One  of  these  is  five  and  the  other  four  stories 


Floor  Plan  of  Hopi  Living  Room. 
(After  Cosmos  Mindeleff.) 

high.  San  Ildefonso,  Jemez,  Santa  Clara,  and  San 
Felipe  have  one  or  more  enclosed  courts.  Acoma  is  an 
excellent  example  of  the  third  type  having  three  rows 
of  three-story  houses,  terraced  back  from  the  streets. 
Santo  Domingo  and  San  Juan  have  a  similar  arrange- 
ment. 

Zufii  combines  both  the  first  and  second  types  of 
arrangement.  It  is  terraced  back  from  the  outside 
but  also  has  several  courts,  in  the  largest  of  which  the 
old  church  is  situated.  The  pueblo  is  intersected  by  a 
number  of  passageways  or  streets  leading  to  the  interior 


70  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

A  recent  study  of  the  village  of  Zuni  brings  out  the 
interesting  fact  that  the  same  general  arrangement 
and  the  lines  of  the  village  have  been  maintained  prac- 
tically unchanged  while  many  of  the  individual  houses 
and  house  walls  have  been  altered  and  replaced. 

It  is  on  the  Hopi  mesas  that  structures  more  like 
those  of  prehistoric  and  early  Spanish  times  are  found. 
One  of  the  smaller  pueblos,  Shipaulovi,  is  built  about  a 
square  court  from  which  it  is  terraced  back  and  upon 
which  the  lower  terrace  has  its  openings.  Several  of  the 
other  pueblos  show  signs  of  having  been  first  built 
around  a  court  and  then  added  to  as  the  inhabitants 
grew  in  numbers  until  there  are  now  several  courts. 
Mishongnovi  has  three  completed  ones  and  the  begin- 
ning of  another.  Shumopovi  has  one  well-enclosed 
court  and  another  partly  enclosed,  but  the  houses  are 
terraced  so  as  to  face  the  east.  Walpi,  which  has  grown 
until  it  has  nearly  covered  all  the  available  space,  has 
the  older  portion  of  the  building  surrounding  a  court 
from  which  it  was  terraced  back.  Oraibi  is  arranged  in 
long  irregular  rows. 

Building  Material.  The  pueblos  of  the  Rio  Grande 
region  are  largely  built  of  adobe  brick,  the  art  of  making 
which  was  pretty  certainly  learned  from  the  natives 
of  Mexico  who  came  into  the  Southwest  with  Ofiate  and 
later.  Clay,  first  mixed  with  straw  and  water,  is 
molded  in  rectangular  forms  and  allowed  to  dry  in 
the  sun.  These  bricks  are  laid  in  regular  courses  with 
similar  material  for  mortar.  Such  walls  are  durable 
only  when  they  are  protected  from  rain  by  means  of 
extended  roofs,  or  by  constant  plastering. 

Castaneda  gives  a  description  of  the  older  method 
of  preparing  adobe.  He  says  fires  were  made  of  small 
brush  and  sedge-grass  upon  which,  when  the  sticks 
were  falling  to  ashes,  water  and  clay  were  thrown. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  71 

The  material  was  then  molded  into  balls  and  laid 
like  stones  in  courses  with  mortar  of  similar  material. 
This  masonry  work  he  tells  us  was  performed  by  the 
women,  but  that  the  men  did  the  carpenter  work, 
preparing  the  timbers  and  putting  them  into  place. 
The  inner  walls  were  plastered  and  sometimes  painted, 
but  he  does  not  tell  us  what  material  was  used.  At  the 
present  time  burned  gypsum  is  employed  as  a  white- 
wash, but  this  method  has  probably  been  adopted  from 
the  Mexicans  who  also  make  use  of  it. 

Acoma  is  built  of  rubble  and  clay.  A  village  in  the 
same  situation  as  the  present  one  and  probably  the  one 
described  by  several  of  Coronado's  party,  was  partly 
burned  in  1599.  The  village  was  not  destroyed  during 
the  rebellion  a  century  later,  and  the  walls  now  in  use 
may  be  the  same  seen  in  1540,  repaired  and  in  part 
rebuilt  from  time  to  time. 

While  Zufii  is  built  mostly  of  adobe,  the  cornices 
frequently  have  several  courses  of  flat  stones. 

The  Hopi  houses  are  built  of  stone  poorly  dressed 
and  poorly  laid  as  compared  with  the  best  prehistoric 
masonry.  Mindeleff,  who  published  a  splendid  account 
of  Pueblo  architecture,  observed  women  building  a 
detached  house  with  the  help  of  one  man  who  lifted 
the  timbers  into  place.  While  the  men  are  said  to 
build  the  walls  sometimes,  the  women  are  always  ex- 
pected to  do  the  plastering.  The  ceilings  are  made  in 
the  prehistoric  fashion  with  beams,  cross  poles,  brush, 
and  clay  spread  over  all  and  tramped  down.  The  floors 
are  sometimes  flagged  with  large  flat  stones.  The 
walls  inside  are  generally  whitened  with  gypsum  and 
sometimes  ornamented  by  leaving  unwhitened  bands 
above  and  below.  The  fireplaces  situated  in  one  corner 
of  the  room  are  provided  with  hoods  which  receive 
the  smoke  and  communicate  with  chimneys  which  are 


72  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

generally  topped  with  a  pot  or  two  from  which  the 
bottom  has  been  broken.  In  another  corner  of  the 
room  is  generally  found  the  three-sectioned  milling 
box  with  three  grinding  stones.  The  rooms  of  the 
lower  terrace  are  mostly  used  for  storage. 

There  are  a  few  T-shaped  doorways  like  those  found 
in  prehistoric  ruins  still  to  be  seen  in  the  Hopi  houses. 
During  the  Spanish  period  windows  in  the  walls  were 
more  generally  used.  They  were  covered  with  thin 
sheets  of  selenite  which  was  the  substitute  for  glass  in 
general  use  in  the  Southwest.  Ordinary  windows  and 
hinged  doors  are  now  coming  into  common  use. 

SHELTERS. 

For  the  shelter  of  those  who  are  tending  the  crops 
and  as  a  camping  place  for  the  family  when  the  fields 
are  far  from  the  village,  temporary  structures  are 
built.  The  common  type  is  made  by  setting  four 
posts  at  the  corners  of  a  rectangle  so  that  their  forked 
tops  are  seven  or  eight  feet  above  the  ground.  These 
posts  support  a  platform  of  poles  and  brush  which 
casts  a  shade  and  furnishes  on  its  top  a  storage  place 
away  from  dogs  and  stray  animals.  The  Hopi  often 
cut  trees  or  brush  and  set  them  in  curved  or  straight 
lines  so  as  to  break  the  wind  and  furnish  the  desired 
shade.  The  two  forms  are  sometimes  combined  so 
that  the  space  under  the  platform  has  a  wall  of  brush 
on  one  side.  Temporary  rectangular  houses  of  stone 
with  flat  roofs  are  also  built  by  the  Hopi  and  Zufii. 

KIVAS. 

The  modern  pueblos  with  a  few  exceptions  are  each 
provided  with  one  or  more  kivas.  In  a  general  way, 
they  resemble  the  prehistoric  kivas,  both  in  their 
structure  and  their  location. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 


73 


The  kivas  of  the  Rio  Grande  region  are  frequently 
circular,  the  roofs  of  some  of  them  being  level  with  the 
ground  while  others  are  built  up  to  a  considerable 
height  so  that  their  forms  are  readily  apparent  from  the 
outside.  Details  as  to  their  structure  are  not  available 
except  that  they  are  entered  through  hatchways  by 
means  of  ladders  which  project  to  a  considerable  height. 


Kiva.     San  Ildefonso. 

(Copyrighted  by  Fred  Harvey.) 


With  the  exception  of  the  fireplace,  the  ladder,  and  the 
posts  supporting  the  two  main  roof  beams,  they  are 
said  to  be  entirely  without  furnishings.  The  Keresan 
kivas  of  which  there  are  always  two  to  a  village,  known 
as  the  summer  and  winter  kivas,  are  said  in  some 
instances  to  be  permanently  decorated  with  the  pic- 
tures of  the  animals  associated  in  mythology  and  cere- 
monies with  the  cardinal  points.  The  kivas  of  San 


74 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


Juan  and  Santa  Clara  are  rectangular  and  above  ground 
and  those  of  Jemez  and  Acoma  are  included  in  the  regu- 
lar house  structure  differing  externally  from  ordinary 
rooms  only  in  the  projection  of  ladder  tops. 

At  Hopi  they  are  frequently  built  in  the  side  of 
the  mesa  so  that  the  wall  of  the  kiva  on  one  side  is 
exposed  to  light  and  air  while  the  roof  is  still  kept  level 
with  the  surface  of  the  mesa.  They  are  all  rectangular, 
about  twenty-five  feet  long  and  half  as  broad.  The 


Floor  Plan  of  Hopi  Kiva. 

(After  Cosmos  Mindeleff.) 


floor,  which  is  generally  paved  with  stone,  is  in  two 
levels.  The  higher  portion  a  foot  above  the  other 
occupies  about  one  third  the  entire  floor  space.  This 
is  reserved  for  spectators.  In  the  lower  part,  there  is  a 
fireplace,  a  mere  rectangular  pit  placed  in  the  center 
directly  under  the  hatchway ;  and  at  one  end  there  is  a 
small  cavity  covered  by  a  plank  in  which  a  hole  is  cut, 
furnished  with  a  close  fitting  plug.  This  represents 
the  lower  world  and  the  place  of  emergence  through 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 


75 


which  the  people  and  animals  originally  came  to  this 
world,  and  through  it  the  deities  are  now  supposed  to 
come  during  the  ceremonies.  Along  the  sides  of  the 
room  are  placed  slabs  provided  with  holes  to  receive 
the  posts  of  the  looms  which  are  usually  set  up  and  used 
in  the  kivas.  A  stone-capped  bench  along  one  or  more 
of  the  side  walls  is  sometimes  provided  for  seats.  At 
the  farther  end  of  the  lower  level  a  similar  bench  about 
two  feet  high  is  used  as  a  shelf  on  which  images  are 


Roof  of  Hopi  Kiva. 

(After  Victor  Mindeleff.) 


placed  and  an  opening  in  front  holds  certain  masks  when 
they  are  not  in  use. 

The  walls,  which  are  of  stone,  are  kept  nicely  plastered 
by  the  women.  The  roof  is  composed  first  of  large  logs 
placed  crosswise  resting  on  top  of  the  two  side  walls; 
next,  of  many  smaller  poles  placed  lengthwise  which  in 
turn  are  covered  with  brush  and  well  packed  clay.  In 
the  middle  a  space  about  five  feet  by  seven  is  left  for  the 
hatchway.  Masonry  walls  resting  on  the  ceiling  beams 
are  carried  up  for  a  few  feet  on  all  four  sides.  Across  the 


73  I  NDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

top  of  these  walls  are  laid  planks  leaving  an  opening 
four  and  a  half  feet  long  and  two  feet  wide.  Through 
this  hatchway  a  ladder  top  projects  ten  or  twelve  feet. 

At  Zufii  there  are  six  ceremonial  rooms  known  as 
kiwwitsiwe  where  the  masked  men  who  represent  the 
gods  in  the  ceremonies  meet  and  rehearse.  These  are 
located  in  various  parts  of  the  town  proper,  are  not 
underground,  and  do  not  have  the  prescribed  form  and 
structure  which  characterize  the  circular  kivas  of  the 
Rio  Grande  or  the  rectangular  ones  of  the  Hopi. 

Castaneda  and  other  early  Spanish  writers  seem  to 
have  been  amused  by  these  kivas — estufas  (stoves)  they 
called,  them.  They  are  described  as  being  situated  in 
the  yards  of  the  buildings  with  their  roofs  level  with 
the  ground.  There  were  in  that  day  both  square  and 
round  kivas.  Those  of  Taos  are  mentioned  in  particu- 
lar, one  of  which  was  said  to  have  twelve  pine  posts  of 
large  size  supporting  the  roof.  The  floors  were  paved 
with  large  smooth  stones  with  a  boxed-in  fireplace  in 
which  small  brush  was  burned  for  heat  enabling  the 
occupants  to  remain  in  them  as  in  a  bath. 

The  kivas  today  are  used  as  clubrooms  and  lounging 
places  as  well  as  workshops,  the  weaving  usually  being 
done  in  them.  They  are  chiefly,  however,  more  or  less 
sacred  rooms  set  apart  for  ceremonial  purposes.  In 
them  those  portions  of  the  ceremonies  which  it  is  desired 
to  keep  secret  from  the  uninitiated  public  are  held. 
They  also  serve  as  places  of  retreat  for  those  who,  for  a 
time,  must  avoid  profane  contaminations. 

FOOD. 

The  method  of  securing  food  is  always  the  central 
fact  in  a  people's  existence,  around  which  social  life, 
art,  and  religion  are  largely  built.  There  are  consider- 
able regions  in  North  America  where  agriculture  was  not 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  77 

practised.  In  the  great  plains  the  chief  dependence 
was  upon  the  buffalo,  while  on  the  North  Pacific  Coast 
the  people  lived  largely  on  fish.  The  inhabitants  of 
the  Plateau  area  lived  upon  wild  vegetables,  small 
game,  and  insects.  The  sedentary  peoples  of  the 
Southwest  placed  their  first  reliance  on  the  crops  which 
their  fields  produced.  These  were  in  earlier  times,  corn, 
beans,  and  squash.  Recently  wheat  and  other  small 
grains  and  vegetables  have  been  added.  Hunting 
was  by  no  means  neglected  for  flesh  was  needed  to 
produce  a  balanced  diet.  The  wild  vegetables  in  the 
neighborhood  were  gathered  and  preserved  for  later 
use. 

Agriculture.  The  fields  of  the  Rio  Grande  peoples 
are  situated  in  the  river  bottoms  and  along  the  smaller 
streams  near  their  villages.  Irrigation  is  now  practised 
and  was  being  practised  at  many  of  the  pueblos,  at 
least  when  the  Spanish  first  entered  the  area.  There 
were,  however,  no  great  difficulties  involved  and  no 
large  canals  like  the  prehistoric  ones  of  the  lower  Salt 
River  were  necessary.  The  fields  of  the  Acoma  are 
fourteen  miles  away  at  Acomita  and  Pueblito,  apparently 
where  they  were  when  Espejo  visited  them  in  1583.  He 
mentions  both  the  cornfields  two  leagues  away,  and 
the  river  from  which  he  says  they  watered  them. 

The  Hopi  fields  are  situated  near  the  mesas  wherever 
there  is  sufficient  moisture  from  some  gulch  or  spring. 
Corn  is  planted  ten  or  twelve  inches  deep  with  a  plant- 
ing stick  which  makes  a  suitable  hole.  The  corn  is  not 
raised  in  rows,  but  in  large  clumps  of  eight  or  ten  stalks, 
at  considerable  distances  from  each  other.  While 
the  plants  are  young,  they  are  protected  from  the  wind 
and  the  drifting  sand  by  windbreaks  of  brush  or  stone. 
Irrigation  is  not  practised  except  that  vegetables  are 
sometimes  watered  by  hand.  Ditches,  however,  are 


78 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


provided  to  carry  off  the  excessive  waterfall  during 
heavy  showers. 

Because  of  the  large  population  of  Zufii  many  of 
their  fields  are  at  a  great  distance;  the  people  move  hi 
large  numbers  to  the  neighborhood  of  these  fields  where 
the  summer  villages  of  Nutria,  Pescado,  and  Ojo 
Caliente  are  maintained.  Mr.  Frank  H.  Gushing  has 
described  the  old  Zufii  method  of  agriculture.  A  man 
without  land  chose  a  piece  of  ground  where  a  gulch 


Hoes  and  Throwing  Stick. 


opened  into  a  valley  or  on  to  the  margin  of  the  plain. 
Across  this  he  made  an  earthen  dam  which  retained 
the  water  and  mud  brought  down  during  heavy  rains. 
Since  the  gulch  was  ordinarily  a  dry  one,  the  water 
did  not  stand  for  any  length  of  time  but  enough  of  it 
sank  into  the  ground  to  supply  what  moisture  was 
needed  for  a  crop  of  corn. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  79 

Quite  contrary  to  the  usual  custom  among  the  North 
American  Indians,  the  men  till  the  fields  and  do  the 
greater  part  of  the  work  connected  with  raising  and 
harvesting  the  crops.  This  is  probably  because  in  the 
Southwest  agriculture  is  the  chief  means  of  securing 
food  while  in  other  regions  it  is  of  less  importance  than 
hunting  and  fishing  to  which  the  men  principally 
devote  themselves.  The  only  primitive  implements 
used  in  tilling  the  soil  appear  to  have  been  the  planting 
stick  and  a  knife-like  wooden  paddle  which  served  as  a 
hoe  or  shovel.  Castaneda  tells  us  the  ground  was  not 
broken  before  planting  the  seed.  He,  of  course,  greatly 
exaggerated  the  productiveness  of  the  soil  when  he  said 
that  one  crop  was  sufficient  for  seven  years.  He 
mentions  large  quantities  of  corn  in  Galisteo  Valley 
stored  in  underground  chambers.  The  Hopi  pueblos 
still  maintain  at  least  a  full  year's  supply  of  corn  to 
guard  against  crop  failure. 

After  the  corn  is  gathered  it  is  thoroughly  dried 
either  by  hanging  it  in  long  braids  or  by  spreading  it  in 
the  sun  on  the  roofs  of  the  buildings.  It  is  stored  in  the 
back  rooms  of  the  lower  stories  where  the  braids  are 
hung  up  and  the  loose  ears  piled  in  tiers.  The  pump- 
kins and  squash  are  cut  in  long  strips  which  are  twisted 
together  and  hung  about  the  houses  together  with 
many  strings  of  red  peppers. 

The  Hopi  and  Zuni  have  many  peach  orchards,  but 
fruit  was  not  cultivated  when  the  Spanish  first  became 
acquainted  with  the  Southwest.  They  did  make  use  of 
pifion  nuts  which  are  frequently  mentioned.  That 
they  used  cherries,  wild  plums,  the  fruit  of  the  yucca, 
and  of  the  various  cacti  and  the  pods  and  beans  of  the 
mesquite  is  also  probable,  although  Castaneda  says  that 
pine  nuts  were  the  only  fruits  used  by  them. 


80  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

Preparation  of  Food.  The  method  of  grinding  corn 
has  changed  but  little  since  it  was  first  described  by 
Castaneda. 

They  keep  the  separate  houses  where  they  prepare  the  food  for 
eating  and  where  they  grind  the  meal,  very  clean.  This  is  a  separate 
room  or  closet,  where  they  have  a  trough  with  three  stones  fixed  in  stiff 
clay.  Three  women  go  in  here,  each  one  having  a  stone,  with  which 
one  of  them  breaks  the  corn,  the  next  grinds  it,  and  the  third  grinds  it 
again.  They  take  off  their  shoes,  do  up  their  hair,  shake  their  clothes, 
and  cover  their  heads  before  they  enter  the  door.  A  man  sits  at  the 
door  playing  on  a  fife  while  they  grind,  moving  the  stones  to  the  music 
and  singing  together.  They  grind  a  large  quantity  at  one  time,  because 
they  make  all  their  bread  of  meal  soaked  in  warm  water,  like  wafers. 
(Winship,  522.) 

The  meal  boxes  are  often  in  one  corner  of  the  living 
rooms  of  the  modern  pueblos  and  the  women  still  sing 
at  their  work  but  without  the  accompanying  flute. 
Before  grinding,  the  corn  is  often  parched  or  roasted. 

The  wafers  mentioned  probably  refer  to  piki,  the 
paper-thin  bread  made  of  corn  meal  of  various  colors 
which  when  rolled  or  folded  is  easily  portable  and  keeps 
indefinitely.  This  bread  is  now  cooked  on  a  piece  of 
sheet  iron  or  as  formerly  on  thin  slabs  of  stone.  Tortil- 
las, having  the  shape  and  thickness  of  pancakes,  are  also 
popular.  The  Hopi  place  pots  of  mush  in  holes  in  the 
ground  which  have  been  heated  by  a  fire  and  cover  them 
with  ashes  and  hot  coals  until  they  are  thoroughly  cooked. 
At  Zufii  and  along  the  Rio  Grande,  the  Mexican  dome- 
shaped  ovens  are  generally  used. 

Hunting.  The  eastern  Pueblos,  those  at  Taos, 
Picuris,  and  Pecos  especially,  used  to  make  expeditions 
to  the  Plains,  principally  along  the  Canadian  and 
Arkansas  Rivers,  to  hunt  buffalo.  Such  trips  could 
be  made  safely  only  by  a  large  number  of  men  and  with 
the  greatest  precaution  against  surprise  by  the  Plains 
tribes.  They  were  under  the  control  of  the  war  chief 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  81 

as  were  all  communal  hunts.  The  communal  hunting 
of  antelope,  deer,  and  elk,  because  of  their  scarcity, 
has  disappeared  in  recent  years,  but  such  hunts  for 
rabbits  are  still  maintained.  The  men,  women,  and 
boys  surround  a  large  tract  of  suitable  land,  drive  the 
rabbits  toward  the  center  and  then  kill  them  with  bows 
and  arrows  and  with  throwing  sticks.  These  clubs 
resemble  in  form  the  Australian  boomerang  but  do  not 
have  the  particular  character  which  makes  that  imple- 
ment return  to  the  thrower.  Deer  and  antelope  may 
have  been  hunted  in  a  similar  manner,  but  Capt.  Bourke 
in  1881  saw  corrals  of  brush  near  the  Hopi  mesas  into 
which  antelope  were  driven.  Still  hunting  by  individu- 
als was,  of  course,  practised.  Mr.  Gushing  tells  in  de- 
tail how  fetishes  were  used  in  such  hunts. 

Fish  were  taken  for  food  in  the  Rio  Grande  region 
where  there  seems  to  be  no  taboo  against  their  use. 
The  Zuni  share  with  their  nomadic  neighbors,  the  Navajo 
and  Apache,  a  dread  of  anything  living  in  the  water. 
One  of  the  most  interesting  phases  of  Southwestern 
life  was  the  relation  existing  between  the  sedentary 
and  nomadic  peoples.  We  are  told  by  the  Coronado 
writers  and  by  Espejo  that  the  nomadic  peoples  of  the 
Plains  and  of  the  mountains  of  the  Southwest  brought 
the  meat  and  the  hides  of  buffalo  and  deer  to  the 
pueblos  and  exchanged  them  for  mantles  of  cotton  and 
for  corn.  This  exchange  of  products  allowed  one  people 
to  concentrate  upon  agriculture  and  the  other  upon 
hunting,  yet  each  to  have  both  corn  and  meat  for  food, 
and  cotton  cloth  and  dressed  skins  for  clothing. 

DRESS. 

The  dress  of  the  sedentary  Indians  of  the  Southwest 
changed  but  little  from  the  time  it  was  first  described 
in  the  sixteenth  century  until  the  American  occupation 


82 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


and  railroads  brought  other  styles  and  cheaper  mate- 
rials. 

In  the  northeast,  at  Taos,  Picuris,  and  Pecos,  skins 
were  almost,  if  not  quite  exclusively  worn.  The  men 
were  described  as  wearing  small  shirts  with  fringes,  and 
robes  of  buffalo  skin  decorated  with  painted  designs. 
The  women's  clothing  of  these  particular  pueblos  is  not 
mentioned  at  an  early  date  but  at  the  present  time  the 


Hopi  Robe. 

long  deerskin  dresses  of  the  Plains  type  are  occasion- 
ally seen  at  Taos.  The  dress  of  the  men  at  this  pueblo 
is  hardly  to  be  distinguished  from  that  worn  by  the 
Indians  of  the  Plains;  long  leggings,  of  fringed  deer- 
skin, or  of  red  or  blue  flannel,  are  still  generally  worn. 
The  breech  cloth  of  similar  flannel  is  wide  and  long, 
hanging  nearly  to  the  ground.  Deerskin  shirts,  which 
are  less  common,  are  of  the  usual  Plains  types. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  83 

For  all  the  other  pueblos,  the  sixteenth  century  dress 
of  the  men  was  an  apron  or  kilt.  These  were  of  cotton 
and  are  described  as  resembling  napkins  of  that  period 
but  having  tassels  at  each  corner.  Kilts  which  are 
probably  similar  to  these  are  still  worn  as  ceremonial 
garments.  At  the  present  time  a  short,  narrow  breech 
cloth  of  white  cotton,  falling  only  a  few  inches  from  the 
belt  before  and  behind,  is  the  only  essential  garment 
for  men  at  hard  work  or  engaged  in  ceremonies. 

A  robe  of  some  sort  is  an  important  adjunct  at  all 
ordinary  times  regardless  of  the  season.  In  Coronado's 
time  these  robes  were  of  cotton,  woven  rabbitskins, 
dressed  skins,  often  buffalo,  and  turkey  feathers  fas- 
tened to  a  net.  Large  flocks  of  turkeys  used  to  be  kept 
chiefly,  if  not  solely,  to  supply  feathers  for  these  gar- 
ments. Feathered  garments  have  not  been  in  use  for 
many  years  and  woven  rabbitskins  are  rarely  employed. 
The  weaving  of  cotton  and  woolen  goods  is  still  practised 
by  the  Zuni  and  Hopi  but  the  woolen  blankets  of  the 
Navajo  and  the  gay  colored  fabrics  of  the  traders  have 
largely  displaced  them. 

The  man's  costume  consists  of  white  cotton  trousers 
coming  some  inches  below  the  knee,  but  split  on  the 
outer  side,  and  a  cotton  shirt  falling  over  the  trousers, 
girded  with  a  cotton  belt. 

The  woman's  dress  as  first  described,  consisted  of  a 
single  garment,  of  yucca  fiber  at  Zuni,  but  of  cotton 
elsewhere,  which  reached  from  the  shoulders  to  the 
knees.  It  was  fastened  over  the  right  shoulder  but 
open  at  the  left  where  two  tassels  hung.  A  belt  was 
worn  at  the  waist.  Later,  the  material  was  changed  to 
wool,  dyed  blue  or  black  and  woven  diagonally,  but 
the  form  remained  the  same  until  a  few  years  ago. 
It  is  still  worn  on  ceremonial  occasions  and  generally 
by  the  older  Hopi  and  Zuni  women.  Specimens  of  the 


84 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


old  cotton  dresses  embroidered  in  colors  with  woolen 
yarn  are  still  in  existence.  The  Museum  has  a  few 
excellent  specimens  of  these  which  came  from  Acoma. 
An  undergarment  of  white  cotton  was  adopted  by  the 
women  in  the  Rio  Grande  region  and  is  worn  so  that 
the  lace  border  shows  below  the  outer  skirt. 


Woman's  Dress.    Acoma. 


The  hair  of  the  Zuni  women  was  described  by  Cas- 
taneda  as  done  up  above  the  ears  in  large  whorls.  The 
practice  is  still  maintained  in  Zuni  ceremonies  and  by 
the  Hopi  maidens  who  are  thus  distinguished  from  the 
matrons  who  wear  their  hair  in  two  braids.  Both  men 
and  women,  except  at  Taos  and  Picuris,  wear  the  front 
hair  banged  above  the  eyes  and  the  side  locks  cut  square, 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  85 

even  with  the  mouth.  On  the  Rio  Grande,  the  men 
frequently  tie  their  hair  with  yarn,  in  two  folded  clubs, 
while  the  Zuni  men  make  one  club  of  the  long  hair.  At 
Taos  the  braids  are  wrapped  with  fur  or  flannel  as  is  the 
custom  of  the  Plains  Indians.  The  hair  of  both  men 
and  women  is  frequently  washed  with  yucca  root  suds. 

The  moccasins  of  both  men  and  women  have  hard 
soles,  a  fact  emphasized  by  Castaneda  as  new  and 
important,  who  adds  that  buskins  reaching  the  knee 
were  worn  in  winter.  These  are  still  found  in  the  Rio 
Grande  villages  but  more  generally  the  women's  moc- 
casins are  now  provided  with  a  long  strip  of  deerskin 
which  is  wrapped  many  times  around  the  lower  leg.  They 
are  whitened  with  white  earth.  Under  these  leggings 
are  worn  footless  stockings  knit  of  black  or  blue  woolen 
yarn. 

The  ornaments  of  turquoise  and  sea  shells  worn  in 
the  ears  and  about  the  neck  in  earlier  times  were  later 
supplemented  by  silver  beads  of  native  manufacture. 
The  earrings  of  inlaid  turquoise  mosaic  mentioned  by 
the  early  Spanish  writers  are  still  worn  by  the  Hopi. 

The  native  cotton  originally  employed  in  clothing 
was  largely  cultivated  by  the  Hopi  and  to  some  extent 
on  the  Rio  Grande  below  Cochiti  in  Coronado's  time. 
Very  little  cotton  is  now  grown.  Wool  was  introduced 
with  sheep  at  an  early  date,  for  we  know  there  were  large 
flocks  at  the  time  of  the  rebellion. 

INDUSTRIAL  ARTS. 

Pottery.  The  household  vessels  of  the  modern 
pueblo  peoples  are  mostly  of  clay.  These  are  used 
for  transporting  and  storing  water  and  for  the  storage, 
cooking,  and  serving  of  food.  For  making  them,  the 
clay  found  commonly  in  the  Southwest  is  tempered 
with  pottery  fragments  finely  ground.  When  suffi- 


86 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


ciently  softened  with  water,  a  lump  of  this  is  hollowed 
to  form  the  nucleus  of  the  bottom  of  the  vessel.  To 
this,  round  after  round  of  clay,  rolled  into  a  slender 
cylinder,  is  applied  and  made  to  adhere  by  pressure. 


Santa  Clara  Woman  Firing  Pottery. 

(Copyrighted  by  Fred  Harvey.) 

The  interior  and  exterior  surfaces  are  modeled  with  the 
hand  and  smoothed  with  a  piece  of  gourd  shell.  Water 
must  constantly  be  applied  to  keep  the  clay  in  workable 
condition.  When  the  vessel  has  been  built  in  this 
manner  to  the  desired  size  and  shape,  it  is  allowed  to 
dry  thoroughly  in  the  sun.-  It  is  prepared  for  orna- 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 


87 


San  Ildefonso  Pottery. 


mentation  by  polishing  it  with  a  pebble  and  giving  it  a 
thin  slip  of  fine  clay  after  which  it  is  repolished.  The 
designs  are  then  painted  on  by  means  of  a  brush  of 
yucca  fiber  or  a  sharpened  stick. 


88  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

The  vessels  are  fired  by  placing  several  of  them 
bottom  side  up  on  small  stones  and  covering  them  with 
dry  sheep  manure  which  is  used  for  fuel.  This  main- 
tains a  uniform  and  continuous  heat  until  they  are 
properly  burned.  If  the  smoke  is  confined  by  adding 
a  supply  of  fresh  fine  material  at  the  right  time,  the 
carbon  of  the  smoke  unites  with  the  paint  and  pro- 
duces the  black  ware  characteristic  of  Santa  Clara. 

This  uniformly  black  ware  gains  in  graceful  form 
what  it  loses  in  gay  colors.  At  San  Juan  a  peculiar 
form  is  a  pot,  red  above  and  undecorated  below.  This 
red  applied  as  a  slip  is  also  sometimes  used  as  a  back- 
ground on  which  designs  in  other  colors  are  painted. 
The  more  common  background,  however,  is  the  cream 
color  of  the  uncolored  clay  to  which  rarely  a  little  red 
is  added,  producing  pink.  The  designs  are  painted 
on  in  black,  obtained  from  the  juice  of  the  bee  weed, 
and  in  red  and  yellow  derived  from  ochre. 

These  designs  are  partly  geometrical  and  purely 
decorative ;  partly  representations  of  mountains,  clouds, . 
and  rainbows,  so  highly  conventionalized  as  often  to 
appear  purely  geometrical;  and  partly  realistic  repre- 
sentations of  flowers  and  animals.  Among  the  latter 
are  most  frequently  found  those  which  are  of  economic 
value,  or  of  ceremonial  importance,  such  as  the  sun- 
flower, the  cotton  plant,  the  parrot,  and  the  turkey.  The 
larger  animals  like  the  antelope,  frequently  seen  on  Zuni 
water  jars,  have  the  positions  of  certain  internal 
organs  indicated. 

The  background  of  the  Hopi  pottery  has  a  character- 
istic yellow  tone.  The  upper  portion  of  the  bowls  is 
often  drawn  in  sharply  making  the  top  nearly  flat.  The 
designs,  which  are  of  the  same  general  sort  found  in 
Rio  Grande  pottery,  are  executed  in  a  peculiar  style. 
In  recent  years  both  the  shapes  and  the  decorations 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 


89 


have  been  considerably  modified  to  meet  commercial 
demands.  This  is  especially  to  be  noted  in  the  more 
frequent  use  of  symbols  which  belong  more  properly  to 
ceremonial  objects. 


Hopi  Baskets. 

Basketry.  Baskets  of  planted  yucca  leaves  attach- 
ed to  a  heavy  wooden  rim,  quite  similar  to  those  found  in 
the  prehistoric  ruins,  are  still  made  by  the  Zuni  and  Hopi. 
Rude  carrying  baskets  and  cradles  with  a  basketry  band 
for  the  protection  of  the  head  are  in  general  use.  The 
Hopi  make  decorated,  nearly  flat  trays,  but  those  of 
Oraibi  are  strikingly  different  from  those  at  the  middle 
mesa.  The  latter  use  the  coiling  method  and  employ 
very  thick  foundation  coils.  The  Oraibi  make  use  of 
wicker  work  with  the  foundation  material  radiating  from 
the  center.  These  flat  baskets  are  used  in  ceremonies 
certain  features  of  which  the  decorations  often  sym- 
bolize. 


90  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

'Weaving.  Recently,  weaving,  which  flourished  in 
earlier  centuries,  has  declined;  at  first  because  of  the 
large  output  of  the  neighboring  Navajo  and  later  from 
the  introduction  of  European  goods.  The  garments 
needed  in  the  ceremonies  are  still  made  by  the  Hopi  and 
every  bridegroom  must  weave  or  have  woven  a  trous- 
seau for  his  bride.  The  Hopi,  and  probably  others  of 
the  Pueblos,  beside  the  diagonally  woven  women's 
dresses  with  raised  diamond  patterns,  made  large  robes. 
Those  characteristic  of  the  Hopi  were  decorated  by 


Hopi  Pottery. 

narrow  horizontal  stripes,  chiefly  of  blue.  The  imple- 
ments and  processes  are  those  still  employed  by  the 
Navajo  and  will  be  described  in  that  section.  By  the 
Hopi  spinning  and  weaving  are  looked  upon  as  the  work 
of  the  men  and  are  generally  done  by  them  in  the  kivas. 

DECORATIVE  ART. 

Decorative  art  is  chiefly  displayed  in  freehand  paint- 
ing on  the  surface  of  pottery  vessels.  The  geometrical 
patterns  are  well  devised  and  well  executed.  Both 
flowers  and  animals  are  reproduced  with  no  attempt  at 
perspective,  real  talent  or  genius  in  drawing  never  being 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  91 

displayed.  Apparently  the  older  art  gave  way  under 
European  influences  to  new  forms  which  for  some  reason 
have  not  reached  the  perfection  of  the  old  seen  in  the 
black  and  white  ware  from  the  Tularosa  ruins  and  the 
excellently  colored  vessels  from  the  Little  Colorado. 
Since  we  know  certain  of  the  villages  in  the  latter  region 
were  deserted  at  an  early  date,  we  are  justified  in  con- 
cluding that  this  art  reached  its  climax  near  the  begin- 
ning of  the  historic  period. 

Symbolic  art,  while  found  upon  pottery,  is  particu- 
larly developed  in  ceremonial  painting  and  carving. 
Cloud  symbols  in  which  semicircles  stand  for  clouds, 
zigzag  arrows  for  lightning,  and  vertical  lines  for  rain 
are  common,  and  many  other  conventions  are  employed. 
The  prayer  bowls  and  the  wooden  headdresses  worn  in 
dances  often  have  their  tops  fashioned  in  terraced  rec- 
tangles which  in  the  east  represent  both  mesas  and 
mountain  peaks  and  stand  in  general  for  the  earth,  but 
are  clouds  to  the  Zuni  and  sun  ladders  to  the  Hopi.  In  the 
dry  or  sand  paintings,  described  in  another  section, 
excellent  flat  representations  of  animals  are  produced. 

It  is  difficult  in  a  sentence  or  a  paragraph  to  give  the 
reader  an  adequate  conception  of  the  extent  to  which 
color  and  number  enter  into  the  myths,  songs,  prayers, 
and  ceremonial  observations.  All  important  things 
are  repeated  for  each  of  the  cardinal  points  with  chang- 
ing color  and  symbolism.  The  movements  in  ceremonies 
are  from  the  north  to  the  west  or  counter  clockwise. 
The  colors  are  yellow  for  the  north;  blue  for  the  west; 
red  for  the  south ;  white  for  the  east ;  all  colors  for  the 
zenith;  and  black  for  below.  These  conceptions  of 
color  and  number  while  put  to  a  ceremonial  use  are 
almost  certainly  aesthetic  in  their  origin. 


92  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

SOCIAL  ORGANIZATION. 

It  is  now  recognized  that  with  people  everywhere,  as 
well  as  with  ourselves,  the  biological  family  consisting 
of  the  father  and  mother  with  their  children  is  the  all 
important  unit  in  social  organization.  When  these 
children  marry  they  may,  without  regard  to  sex,  remain 
in  the  parental  home  with  their  spouses  and  children,  or 
they  may  leave,  founding  new  homes.  Among  some 
peoples  the  prevailing  practice  is  for  the  sons  only  to 
remain  with  or  near  their  father's  home,  while  the 
daughters  go  with  their  husbands  to  other  localities. 
The  reverse  frequently  happens,  that  daughters  re- 
main and  the  sons-in-law  are  joined  to  the  growing 
family.  Among  the  Hopi  and  Zuni,  at  least,  this  latter 
practice  prevails.  The  young  man,  when  accepted, 
comes  to  live  with  his  wife's  family.  Later,  his  wife 
secures  or  builds  for  herself  a  new  house  or  a  set  of 
rooms  which  usually  adjoins  her  mother's.  This  house 
is  her  property  and  a  dissatisfied  husband  in  the  case 
of  a  separation  leaves  his  wife  in  possession  of  the 
family  home  and  returns  to  the  house  of  his  mother 
or  a  sister. 

Descent  is  chiefly  reckoned  through  the  mother  and 
the  counting  of  relationship  in  the  female  line  is  main- 
tained from  generation  to  generation  indefinitely.  All 
the  members  of  such  a  group  consider  themselves 
relatives  of  a  kind  and  degree  appropriate  to  the  ages 
and  generations  of  the  particular  individuals.  These 
groups  of  people  who  consider  themselves  related 
through  their  mothers  are  generally  referred  to  as  clans. 

Not  only  does  a  form  of  relationship  prevail  through- 
out such  groups,  with  appropriate  terms  of  relationship, 
but  this  relationship  is  considered  to  be  of  such  a  degree 
that  marriage  between  two  members  of  the  same  clan 
cannot  be  considered.  Technicallv  the  clans  are 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  93 

exogamous,  or  in  other  words  they  are  "incest  groups." 
It  would  be  perhaps  impossible  for  such  large  groups  to 
exist  and  function  without  a  name  by  which  they  can  be 
distinguished  or  designated.  Notwithstanding  that 
the  villages  are  numerous  and  widely  scattered,  and 
that  four  distinct  languages  are  spoken  in  them  the 
names  associated  with  these  clans  are  in  meaning  the 
same  or  at  least  similar.  According  to  Professor  Kroeber 
the  names  and  associations  are  as  follows : 

1.  a,  Rattlesnake,  b,  Panther;  2.  a,  Deer,  6, 
Antelope;  3.  a,  Squash,  6,  Crane;  4.  a,  Cloud,  b, 
Corn;  5.  a,  Lizard,  b,  Earth;  6.  a,  Rabbit,  b,  Tobacco; 
7.  a,  Tansy  Mustard,  b,  Chaparral  Cock;  8.  Kachina, 

a,  Raven,  b,  Macaw,  c,  Pine,  d,  Cottonwood;    9.    a, 
Firewood,  b,  Coyote;    10.     a,  Arrow,  6,  Sun,  c,  Eagle, 
d,  Turkey;   11.    a,  Badger,  b,  Bear;   12.    a,  Turquoise, 

b,  Shell  Coral. 

While  these  precise  designations  do  not  occur  in 
every  instance  they  are  clearly  representative  of  the 
general  meaning  of  the  clan  names. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  these  clans  are  grouped, 
usually  in  pairs.  This  grouping  is  more  than  merely 
formal  since  a  definite  degree  of  relationship  is  felt  to 
bind  together  the  members  of  one  of  the  pair  to  the 
members  of  the  other.  This  is  in  some  instances  so 
strong  that  the  pair  have  become  one  exogamous  group 
and  no  intermarriage  takes  place.  This  is  true  among 
the  Hopi  of  the  Kachina  and  Parrot  clans.  In  the  vil- 
lages on  the  Rio  Grande  the  clans  are  grouped  into  two 
divisions  or  moieties  known  as  the  winter  people  and  the 
summer  people.  This  separation  of  the  people  and  the 
year  into  two  divisions  plays  a  prominent  part  in  social 
games,  in  political  matters,  and  in  the  ceremonies. 

These  clans  seem  to  serve  two  functions  in  the  com- 
munity. In  the  first  place  they  are  similar  to  families, 


94  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

only  they  are  larger  groups  with  more  slender  ties  bind- 
ing them  together,  and  only  one  parent,  in  this  case  the 
mother,  is  considered  in  reckoning  the  relationship. 
The  relationship  tie,  however,  is  sufficient  to  carry  the 
right  of  special  hospitality.  Secondly,  certain  political 
and  religious  duties  devolve  upon  clans  as  such  or  upon 
individuals  because  of  their  clan  membership. 

The  clans  have  no  definite  organization  or  officers, 
nor  do  they  own  houses  or  other  secular  property.  Each 
clan  owns  a  fetish  which  is  kept  in  a  certain  house  and 
cared  for  by  the  householder.  It  results  that  these 
particular  houses  and  persons  become  centers  of  in- 
terest for  the  respective  clans.  Among  the  Hopi  certain 
eagle  nests  are  the  property  of  particular  clans.  In  the 
large  villages,  such  as  Zufii  and  Oraibi,  a  localization 
of  clans  in  the  community  structure  results  from  the 
natural  spread  of  the  family  in  which  the  women  own 
the  houses  and  women  who  are  related  by  blood  choose 
to  live  side  by  side. 

Nothing  is  known  concerning  the  origin  of  these 
clans.  There  are  similar  social  divisions  elsewhere  in 
North  America  and  other  parts  of  the  world.  They  are 
best  considered  as  purely  social  phenomena  either  as 
larger  family  groups  or  as  subdivisions  of  the  political  or 
ethnic  units.  It  is  certain  that  the  clans  in  the  Southwest 
could  not  have  resulted  in  the  manner  related  in  the 
myths  of  the  Hopi.  The  wide  distribution  of  these  clans 
in  the  Southwest  with  names  of  common  meaning 
makes  such  an  origin  next  to  impossible. 

SOCIAL  CUSTOMS. 

The  Hopi  baby  is  first  washed  and  dressed  by  its. 
paternal  grandmother  or  by  one  of  her  sisters.  On  the 
day  of  its  birth,  she  makes  four  marks  with  corn  meal 
on  the  four  walls  of  the  room.  She  erases  one  of  these 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  95 

on  the  fifth,  tenth,  fifteenth,  and  twentieth  day  of  the 
child's  life.  On  each  of  these  days  the  baby  and  its 
mother  have  their  heads  washed  with  yucca  suds. 
On  the  twentieth  day,  which  marks  the  end  of  the 
lying-in  period,  the  grandmother  comes  early,  bathes 
the  baby,  and  puts  some  corn  meal  to  its  lips.  She 
utters  a  prayer  in  which  she  requests  that  the  child 
shall  reach  old  age  and  in  this  prayer  gives  it  a  name. 
A  few  of  the  women  members  of  the  father's  clan  come 
in  one  at  a  time,  bathe  the  baby,  and  give  it  additional 
names.  After  the  names  have  been  given,  the  paternal 
grandmother  goes  with  the  mother  and  the  child  to  the 
eastern  edge  of  the  mesa,  starting  so  as  to  arrive  there 
about  sunrise.  Two  ears  of  white  corn  which  have 
been  lying  near  the  child  during  the  twenty  days  are 
carried  with  them.  The  grandmother  touches  these 
ears  of  corn  to  the  baby's  breast  and  waves  them 
toward  the  east.  She  also  strews  corn  meal  toward  the 
sun,  placing  a  little  on  the  child's  mouth.  As  she  does 
this,  she  prays,  uttering  in  the  course  of  her  prayer 
the  various  names  which  have  been  given  to  the  child. 
The  mother  goes  through  a  similar  ceremony  and  utters 
a  similar  prayer. 

The  names  given  relate  in  some  way  to  the  clan  of 
the  one  who  bestows  them.  Of  the  various  names 
given  the  child,  one,  because  it  strikes  the  fancy  of  the 
family,  generally  sticks  and  becomes  the  child's  name 
which  is  retained  until  the  individual  is  initiated  into 
some  ceremony.  This  usually  takes  place  between 
the  ages  of  fifteen  and  eighteen.  At  that  time,  a  new 
name  which  is  usually  retained  throughout  the  indi- 
vidual's life  is  given  by  the  man  or  woman  who  is 
sponsor  for  the  novice. 

At  the  present  time  at  least,  the  Hopi  young  people 
arrange  their  own  marriages.  When  their  minds  are 


96  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

thoroughly  made  up,  and  the  young  man  has  acquired 
some  property,  the  parents  are  informed  of  the  matter. 
Marriages  usually  take  place  in  the  fall  or  winter.  The 
first  step  is  for  the  mother  of  the  girl  to  accompany  her 
to  the  young  man's  house  with  a  tray  of  white  corn 
meal.  She  gives  this  to  the  young  man's  mother,  and 
returns  to  her  home.  The  girl  remains  and  grinds 
corn  for  three  days.  In  the  morning  of  the  fourth  day, 
the  relatives  of  the  couple  assemble  at  the  bridegroom's 
house.  The  two  future  mothers-in-law  prepare  two 
large  bowls  of  yucca  suds.  With  one  of  these  the 
mother  of  the  girl  washes  the  boy's  head  and  the  boy's 
mother  does  the  same  for  the  girl.  The  other  female 
relatives  present  assist  in  rinsing  the  suds  from  the  hair. 

When  the  washing  is  finished,  the  bridal  pair  take  a 
pinch  of  corn  meal  and  walk  silently  to  the  eastern 
side  of  the  mesa.  They  breathe  upon  the  corn  meal, 
throw  it  toward  the  rising  sun,  and  utter  a  short  prayer. 
When  they  have  returned  to  the  young  man's  house, 
the  marriage  itself  is  considered  complete  although  the 
ceremony  is  not.  The  girl  assists  her  mother-in-law 
in  preparing  a  breakfast  which  is  eaten  by  the  members 
of  both  families.  After  the  meal,  the  father  of  the 
young  man  runs  out  of  the  house  and  distributes  bolls 
of  cotton  to  the  friends  and  relatives  who  are  expected 
to  separate  the  seeds  from  the  cotton. 

A  few  days  later,  the  crier  announces  that  the  spin- 
ning of  the  cotton  is  to  take  place.  The  men  relatives 
and  friends  gather  in  their  kivas  and  spend  the  day  in 
carding  and  spinning  cotton  which  they  bring  in  the 
evening  to  the  bridegroom's  house  where  they  partake 
of  a  feast.  From  the  cotton  yarn  prepared  in  this  way, 
the  father  of  the  bridegroom,  assisted  by  the  other 
men  of  the  family,  weaves  two  large  white  robes  and  a 
white  fringed  girdle.  A  pair  of  moccasins  provided 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  97 

with  long  deerskin  strips  is  also  made.  The  blanket 
and  the  moccasins  are  coated  with  white  earth.  When 
the  outfit  has  been  completed,  which  usually  takes  six 
or  seven  weeks,  the  bride  is  dressed  by  her  mother-in- 
law  in  the  moccasins  and  one  of  the  robes.  The  other 
robe,  wrapped  in  a  reed  mat,  she  takes  in  her  hands 
and  goes  to  her  mother's  house,  where  her  husband  also 
appears  during  the  day.  They  live  with  the  girl's 
people  for  some  months  until  a  new  home  is  made 
ready. 

The  preparation  of  clothing  for  the  bride  by  the 
bridegroom  or  men  of  his  family  is  evidently  an  old 
custom,  for  Castaneda  mentions  it  as  being  the  practice 
in  his  day  on  the  Rio  Grande.  Villagran,  who  in  1610 
wrote  a  long  poem  on  the  conquest  and  settlement  of 
New  Mexico,  describes  a  wedding  during  which  the 
robes  of  the  pair  were  tied  together.  A  similar  rite  is 
still  maintained  at  Santo  Domingo. 

Among  the  Zuni  the  bride  receives  a  present  from 
the  bridegroom  and  frequently  carries  presents  to  her 
mother-in-law  during  a  period  extending  over  a 
year  or  until  her  first  child  is  born.  The  bridegroom's 
first  visits  to  the  home  of  his  new  wife  are  clandestine 
and  the  bride  herself  avoids  her  family  in  the  morning, 
apparently  from  motives  of  shame.  The  man  soon 
takes  up  his  regular  abode  at  the  home  of  his  wife  and 
works  for  the  benefit  of  her  family.  While  the  Zuni 
relations  are  strictly  monogamous  the  marriage  tie  is 
fairly  brittle.  It  is  always  the  husband  who  leaves, 
since  the  house  is  the  woman's  permanent  home. 

Among  the  Rio  Grande  villages  the  Catholic  mar- 
riage ceremony  is  usually  conducted. 

When  an  adult  dies  among  the  Hopi,  the  nearest 
relatives  by  blood  wash  the  head,  tie  a  feather  offering 
to  the  hair  so  that  it  will  hang  over  the  forehead,  wrap 


98  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

the  body  in  a  good  robe,  and  carry  it  to  one  of  the  grave- 
yards which  are  in  the  valleys  near  the  mesas.  The 
body  is  buried  in  a  sitting  position  so  that  it  faces  the 
east.  This  is  done  within  a  few  hours  after  death  has 
occurred.  The  third  night,  a  bowl  containing  some 
food,  a  prayer  stick  offering,  and  a  feather  and  string 
offering  are  carried  to  the  grave.  The  string  is  placed 
so  that  it  points  from  the  grave  toward  the  west.  The 
next  morning,  the  fourth,  the  soul  is  supposed  to  rise 
from  the  grave,  and  proceed  in  the  direction  indicated 
by  the  string  where  it  enters  the  "skeleton  house." 
This  is  believed  to  be  situated  somewhere  near  the 
Canyon  of  the  Colorado. 

The  bodies  of  children  who  have  not  yet  been  ini- 
tiated into  some  society  are  not  buried  in  the  ground 
but  are  placed  in  a  crevice  of  the  rock  somewhere  in 
the  side  of  the  mesas  and  covered  with  stones.  The 
string  offering  in  this  case  is  not  placed  pointing  toward 
the  west,  but  toward  the  house  where  the  family  lives. 
The  spirit  of  the  child  is  believed  to  return  to  the  house 
and  to  be  reborn  in  the  body  of  the  next  child,  or  to 
linger  about  the  house  until  the  mother  dies,  when  it 
accompanies  her  to  the  world  of  the  departed.  . 

Among  the  Zufii  it  is  the  relatives  of  the  father  of  the 
household  who  have  the  duties  connected  with  death 
and  burial.  The  bodies  are  placed  in  the  churchyard, 
the  men  on  the  south  side  and  the  women  on  the  north 
side  with  the  head  to  the  east,  which  is  also  the  position 
of  burial  among  the  Keresans.  The  souls  are  supposed 
to  go  in  four  day's  time  to  the  sacred  lake  65  miles 
southwest  of  Zufii.  After  this  interval,  a  purification 
of  the  family  and  their  belongings  takes  place.  The 
personal  property  of  the  deceased,  which  is  not  required 
for  the  proper  dressing  of  the  corpse,  is  burned  or  buried 
apart  on  the  river  bank.  The  name  of  the  dead  is  not 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  99 

mentioned  but  indirect  reference  by  a  phrase  is  made 
if  necessary. 

POLITICAL  ORGANIZATION. 

The  political  government  of  each  Rio  Grande  pueblo 
is  in  the  hands  of  a  governor,  council,  and  a  war  chief. 
The  governor,  chosen  annually  by  a  formal  election, 
is  in  reality  named  by  the  cacique,  a  permanent  officer 
whose  duties  are  chiefly  religious.  There  is  usually 
also  a  lieutenant  governor  chosen  in  the  same  way. 
The  war  chief  too  is  appointed  annually  and  confirmed 
by  the  council. 

This  council,  which  is  the  legislative  body,  is  perma- 
nent in  some  pueblos  but  elected  annually  in  others. 
It  is  believed  by  some  to  be  a  survival  of  an  earlier 
council  in  which  each  of  the  clans  was  represented  by 
its  head. 

The  governor  is  the  representative  of  the  village  in 
its  dealings  with  other  villages  and  with  the  general 
public  and  is  its  nominal  head.  The  war  chief  directs 
all  communal  work  such  as  that  on  the  irrigation 
ditches  and  the  communal  hunt.  In  earlier  times  he 
led  the  war  expeditions  and  had  charge  of  the  defense 
of  the  pueblo.  He  is  the  executive  officer  of  the  council 
and  carries  out  its  decrees.  These  frequently  have 
involved  the  death  of  persons  suspected  of  witchcraft. 

The  Hopi  pueblos  each  have  a  village  chief,  a  crier 
chief,  and  a  war  chief  who  hold  their  positions  for  life. 

The  older  methods  of  defensive  warfare  are  well 
illustrated  in  the  accounts  of  conflicts  between  the 
Spanish  and  certain  pueblos  in  the  sixteenth  century. 
At  Zuni  the  men  withdrew  to  the  house  tops  and  pulled 
up  the  ladders.  When  the  Spanish  advanced  within 
reach,  arrows  were  discharged  and  stones  were  thrown 
down.  The  women,  children,  and  old  men  had  been 


100  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

sent  to  other  villages  or  to  Thunder  Mountain.  Similar 
methods  were  resorted  to  at  Tiguex,  where  a  besieged 
pueblo  held  out  for  many  months  because  occasional 
falls  of  snow  furnished  a  fresh  supply  of  water.  Pecos, 
which  had  a  wall  and  a  spring  inside,  was  said  by 
Castaneda  to  have  resisted  successfully  the  attacks 
of  Plains  Indians. 

The  weapons  used  were  bows  and  arrows,  a  stone- 
headed  club,  and  a  stick  half  a  yard  long,  set  with 
flints,  which  Espejo  says  would  split  a  man  asunder. 
For  the  protection  of  the  warriors,  shields  of  rawhide, 
leather  jackets,  and  head  pieces  of  leather  are  men- 
tioned. 

RELIGIOUS  PRACTICES. 

The  religious  activities  of  the  sedentary  people  of 
the  Southwest  are  so  many  and  so  intricate  that  it  is 
difficult  to  describe  or  discuss  them,  especially  in  so 
limited  a  space.  There  are  some  common  elements, 
however,  which  are  worthy  of  notice.  The  ceremonies 
often  take  the  form  of  dramas  in  which  the  movements 
and  activities  of  supernatural  beings  and  animals  are 
imitated.  The  actors  wear  masks,  paint  their  bodies, 
and  conduct  themselves  according  to  the  supposed 
appearance  and  character  of  the  divinity  or  animal 
represented.  The  divinities  are  also  represented  by 
large  stone  images  rudely  shaped  and  by  smaller  ones 
which  are  better  executed  in  soft  stone  or  wood. 

There  are  permanent  shrines  usually  near  the 
villages,  often  walled  in  on  three  sides  and  sometimes 
sheltering  an  image  or  a  peculiarly  shaped  stone.  Tem- 
porary altars  are  made  during  the  ceremonies  by  set- 
ting up  a  line  of  wooden  slabs  carved  or  painted  with 
religious  symbols  before  which  dry  paintings  are  placed. 
These  dry  paintings  are  made  by  sprinkling  sand  of 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  101 

various  colors  so  as  to  form  symbols  and  pictures  of  the 
gods. 

Small  sticks,  singly  or  in  pairs,  are  painted  and  often 
have  faces  indicated  on  them.  Feathers,  and  a  corn 
husk  containing  corn  meal  and  honey  are  usually 
attached  to  them.  They  are  placed  at  the  shrines 
and  springs  for  the  deities.  Corn  meal  and  pollen  are 
strewed  and  thrown  toward  the  sun.  Corn  meal  is  also 
frequently  used  to  mark  ceremonial  trails  and  to  define 
the  limits  of  sacred  places.  Races  generally  occur 
during  the  ceremonies  but  the  significance  of  them  is 
not  clear.  Bathing  the  head  and  the  use  of  emetics 
are  resorted  to  as  methods  of  purification. 

In  general  it  may  be  said  that  Southwestern  cere- 
monials chiefly  employ  dramatic,  graphic,  and  pictorial 
art  to  accomplish  their  purposes,  which  appear  to  be 
the  influencing  of  invisible  supernatural  powers  and 
through  them  the  natural  forces.  The  greater  number 
of  the  ceremonies  are  intended  to  bring  rain  and  to  aid 
in  fertilizing  the  crops. 

Rio  GRANDE  CEREMONIES. 

It  is  only  from  Bandelier's  short  account  of  his 
observations  among  the  Pueblos  of  the  Rio  Grande 
published  many  years  ago,  the  work  of  Mrs.  Stevenson 
among  the  Sia,  and  a  recently  published  paper  on 
Cochiti  by  Father  Noel  Dumarest,  that  we  are  able  to 
get  a  view  at  all  comprehensive  of  the  religious  organiza- 
tion of  the  Rio  Grande  region. 

At  the  head  of  the  political  and  religious  systems  is 
the  cacique,  as  he  is  ordinarily  called.  The  office, 
which  is  held  for  life,  requires  years  of  training  and 
study  as  a  preparation  and  its  duties  are  arduous. 
The  cacique  is  expected  to  devote  himself  to  a  life  of 
fast  ing  and  prayer.  His  fasts  vary  from  slight  temporary 


102 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


self-denials  to  absolute  abstinence  of  four  days'  duration 
according  to  the  seriousness  of  the  people's  need.  He 
is  the  mouthpiece  of  the  divinities  whom  he  is  called 
upon  by  the  tribe  or  by  individuals  to  consult.  Because 
he  is  believed  to  speak  by  divine  authority  his  influence 
is  very  great.  He  names  his  successor  and  nominates 
the  civil  officers  of  the  village.  He  is  not  supposed, 
however,  to  enter  into  petty  quarrels  nor  to  take  part 
in  minor  discussions  in  the  council.  That  he  may  be 


Hopi  Prayer  Offerings. 

free  to  devote  himself  to  such  a  life  his  wants  are 
provided  for  by  his  people  who  supply  him  withfwood 
and  cultivate  a  field  for  his  benefit.  He  has  one  or  two 
assistants  from  whom  his  successor  is  chosen. 

There  are  many  societies  more  or  less  secret,  which 
have  the  knowledge  of  certain  prayers,  songs,  and  rites, 
which  they  are  expected  to  use  for  the  public  benefit. 
The  most  important  is  a  group  of  societies  which 
are  especially  devoted  to  ceremonies  leading  to  success 
in  war.  Among  the  Sia  these  societies  are  those  of  the 
Panther,  Bear,  and  Knife.  Their  leader,  theTwar 
priest,  ranks  next  to  the  cacique  in  religious  importance. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  103 

He  holds  his  office  for  life  and  nominates  his  successor. 
His  duties  include  the  active  control  of  the  more  im- 
portant religious  ceremonies.  The  hunters  in  earlier 
days  were  also  important  since  they  had  the  fetishes 
and  the  ceremonies  by  which  game  could  be  taken. 
The  panther  was  their  patron  for  he  was  looked  upon 
as  the  most  successful  hunter.  The  head  priest  of  the 
hunters  was  also  a  most  important  person.  Finally, 
the  many  societies  (among  the  Sia,  the  Snake,  Spider, 
Ant,  etc.)  which  have  the  power  of  healing  diseases  and 
producing  rain  have  one  head  shaman  according  to 
Bandelier,  whose  office  gives  him  great  power,  particu- 
larly in  the  discovery  and  punishment  of  witches. 

Then  there  are  two  societies  or  classes  of  priests, 
the  Cuirana,  or  winter  priests,  and  the  Koshare,  the 
summer  priests,  to  use  the  Keresan  terms.  The  former 
by  their  activities,  cause  the  seeds  to  germinate,  while 
the  latter  bring  the  crops,  and  all  animal  and  human 
life  as  well  to  maturity.  It  is  the  Koshare  who  act 
as  clowns  on  all  public  religious  occasions.  Each  of 
these  societies  has  a  leader  who  with  the  cacique  and  the 
head  priest  of  the  warriors,  hunters,  and  healers, 
constitute  a  most  important  sacerdotal  group. 

All  male  adults  are  expected  at  some  time  to  partici- 
pate in  the  kachina  dances.  Masks  and  headdresses  are 
worn  to  represent  a  special  class  of  supernatural  beings, 
the  greater  number  of  whom  at  least  are  the  souls  of 
the  dead.  They  are  the  senders  of  the  rain  and  there- 
fore the  bringers  of  good  fortune  and  happiness.  Boys 
go  through  an  initiation  which  consists  of  a  beating  and 
then  one  of  the  dancers  unmasks  that  the  child  may 
see  that  the  gods  are  not  present  in  person  as  he  has 
formerly  supposed.  The  women  in  theory  are  never 
supposed  to  know  that  the  masked  dancers  are  not  in 
reality  the  gods  they  appear  to  be. 


104  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

Sia  Rain  Ceremony.  Mrs.  Stevenson  who  witnessed 
several  of  the  ceremonies  of  the  Sia  has  given  a  full 
description  of  the  rain  ceremony  of  the  snake  order. 
Prayer  sticks  notched  and  colored  were  prepared  for 
offering.  An  altar  with  a  dry  painting  representing 
clouds  by  terraced  semicircles  was  made.  On  it  were 
placed  several  fetishes  and  a  clan  or  society  emblem 
called  yaya  which  is  a  perfectly  kerneled  ear  of  corn 
entirely  covered  with  feathers. 

The  ceremony  proper  begins  with  the  strewing  of  a 
line  of  corn  meal  from  the  altar  to  the  door  over  which 
as  a  road  the  spirits  of  the  gods  are  supposed  to  travel 
and  temporarily  enter  the  fetishes.  There  is  much 
singing,  dancing,  and  praying,  mostly  by  individuals 
rather  than  in  concert.  In  a  bowl  of  water  to  which 
ground  yucca  roots  have  been  added  a  suds  is  made 
which  represents  clouds.  Pollen  is  sprinkled  into  this 
bowl  and  the  foam  is  scattered  over  the  altar. 

By  means  of  songs  and  prayers  the  gods  who  dwell 
in  six  sacred  springs  are  invoked  that  they  may  incite 
the  cloud  people  to  action.  By  each  of  these  springs 
there  is  supposed  to  be  a  hollow  tree  through  which 
the  cloud  people  carry  the  water  up  to  the  clouds. 
These  clouds  are  but  huge  masks  behind  which  the 
cloud  people  climb  and  from  which  they  sprinkle  the 
earth.  The  thunders  are  also  invoked.  They  are 
thought  to  be  beings  with  tails  and  wings  of  obsidian 
which  clash  and  make  the  noise  and  incite  the  cloud 
beings  to  greater  activity. 

When  the  ceremony  is  finished  the  sand  painting  is 
obliterated  and  the  prayer  sticks  carried  to  a  near-by 
shrine  where  they  are  left  for  the  deities.  The  notches 
upon  these  sticks  and  the  painted  designs  are  supposed 
to  convey  the  message,  the  attached  feathers  being 
given  in  payment  for  the  favor  besought. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 


105 


Festivals.  The  public  ceremonies  of  the  Rio  Grande 
pueblos  have  taken  on  the  names  and  some  elements 
of  Catholic  festivals.  They  occur  on  fixed  dates  which 
are  also  the  days  sacred  to  their  patron  saints.  There 
are  probably  always  preliminary  activities  held  secretly 
in  the  kivas  which  are  in  part  rehearsals,  during  which, 


Clowns  Climbing  Pole.     Taos. 


however,  prayers  are  said  and  acts  of  worship  performed. 
The  last  day  is  devoted  to  a  public  spectacle  largely 
attended  by  visiting  Indians,  Mexicans,  and  others. 

The  ceremony  at  Taos  occurs  on  September  30th. 
The  image  of  the  saint  is  brought  from  the  church  and 
placed  in  an  elevated  booth  overlooking  the  plaza  in 
which  the  ceremonies  take  place.  A  tall  pole  erected  for 


106  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

the  purpose  has  a  great  variety  of  vegetable  products, 
cooked  and  in  their  natural  state,  fastened  to  the  top 
of  it,  where  also  is  suspended  the  carcass  of  a  sheep 
which  has  in  recent  years  taken  the  place  of  that  of  a 
deer.  The  forenoon  is  devoted  to  races  in  which 
young  men  from  the  two  large  houses  compete  in  relays. 
The  victory  is  a  community  one  and  not  individual. 
The  winners  are  pelted  with  food  by  the  losers.  In  the 
afternoon  the  clowns  appear,  men  grotesquely  dressed 
and  painted,  who  act  as  offensively  as  possible.  They 
take  the  lunch  baskets  from  women  and  empty  them, 
tear  the  clothing  from  a  man,  or  throw  him  fully 
clad  into  the  stream,  and  enter  any  house  they  choose. 
Finally,  they  approach  the  pole  as  if  tracking  an  animal, 
attempt  to  shoot  toy  arrows  to  the  top,  tug  at  its  base 
as  if  trying  to  uproot  a  tree,  and  at  last  make  attempts 
to  climb  it  which  succeed  for  one  of  their  number  who 
secures  the  food  for  his  fellows.  As  a  whole  the  cere- 
mony is  evidently  intended  as  a  consecration  of  the 
harvest  and  an  expression  of  thanksgiving  for  it. 

ZuSi  CEREMONIES. 

At  the  head  of  the  Zuni  community  is  a  priesthood 
presided  over  by  the  priest  of  the  north  who  is  foremost 
among  the  Zuni  in  both  religious  and  political  activities. 
The  priest  representing  "the  above"  is  known  as  the 
Pekwin,  the  deputy  of  the  sun.  and  the  representative 
of  "the  below"  is  the  head  bow  priest,  corresponding 
to  the  war  priest  of  the  Rio  Grande  villages.  These 
priests  hold  office  for  life.  They  directly  supervise  the 
ceremonial  life  of  the  Zuni  and  appoint  the  governor  and 
lieutenant  governor  with  their  deputies  who  hold  office 
from  year  to  year.  Each  head  priest  has  associated 
with  him  assistants  who  in  time  may  succeed  to  the 
head  priesthood  itself.  Mainly  it  is  the  duty  of  this 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  107 

priesthood  to  fast,  to  pray,  and  in  other  ways  to  induce 
rain,  insuring  the  success  of  the  crops  and  thereby  the 
general  happiness  of  the  people. 

At  death  they  are  succeeded  by  one  of  the  secondary 
priests  associated  with  them,  usually  a  relative,  brother 
or  son.  Because  the  office  does  at  times  pass  to  a  son 
the  position  does  not  belong  to  a  definite  clan.  The 
Pekwin  however  is  an  exception  since  he  is  chosen  from 
the  Dogwood  clan  by  the  heads  of  the  fraternities. 
He  is  the  more  active  of  the  priests  in  the  control  of  the 
ceremonies.  He  determines  the  calendar  by  observing 
the  place  of  the  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun,  and  pro- 
claims accordingly  the  time  when  the  ceremonies  shall 
be  held. 

The  priests  of  the  bow  have  a  representative  in  each 
fraternity,  but  they  together  constitute  a  semi-priest- 
hood with  an  elder  and  younger  head  priest.  These  two 
are  the  representatives  of  the  war  gods.  To  be  eligible 
as  a  bow  priest  the  candidate  must  have  taken  an 
enemy's  scalp.  These  war  priests  are  connected  with 
the  thunder  and  are  therefore  directly  concerned  with 
weather  control. 

Every  Zuni  man  has  in  his  boyhood  been  initiated 
into  an  order  or  fraternity,  which  includes,  therefore,  the 
entire  adult  male  population.  At  this  initiation  the 
boy  has  as  a  sponsor  the  husband  of  the  woman  who 
was  present  at  his  birth.  The  boy  becomes  associated 
with  the  one  of  the  six  groups,  into  which  all  Zuni  men 
are  divided,  to  which  this  sponsor  belongs.  Each  of 
these  groups  is  associated  with  a  kiva  or  assembly  room 
of  a  somewhat  sacred  character.  These  organized 
groups  of  the  Zuni,  directed  and  presided  over  by  the 
priesthood,  perform  the  ceremonies  and  carry  on  the 
religious  activities  of  the  village. 


108 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


There  are  also  twelve  fraternities  concerned  chiefly 
with  the  curing  of  disease.  Their  membership  is  re- 
cruited by  taking  in  those  whom  they  have  treated  for 
some  ailment.  Each  fraternity  has  four  directing 
officers  one  of  whom  is  a  bow  priest.  These  fraternities 
assist  in  the  ceremonies,  particularly  in  supplying  the 
chorus  and  the  leader  of  the  dancers.  Members  of  one 


Deer  Dance.     Xambe. 


of  the  fraternities,  the  Newekwe,  perform  as  clowns  in  a 
manner  similar  to  the  " Delight  Makers"  of  the  Rio 
Grande  villages.  Similar  in  their  activities  to  this 
fraternity  are  the  Koyemshi,  but  instead  of  being  lifelong 
members  of  a  fraternity  or  priesthood  they  are  chosen 
annually.  Their  leader  is  appointed  by  the  head  rain 
priest  and  selects  nine  others,  members  of  his  own 
fraternity. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  109 

The  Zuni  year  is  well  filled  with  public  ceremonies 
the  main  feature  of  wrhich  is  a  procession  of  masked 
dancers  accompanied  by  a  choir  of  singers  and  by  the 
antics  of  the  priest  clowns.  The  most  impressive  of  the 
ceremonies  is  Shalako  which  occurs  in  December. 
There  are  some  phases  of  this  ceremony  which  suggest  a 
European  and  Catholic  origin. 


Hopi  Kachina  Dolls. 

HOPI  CEREMONIES. 

Among  the  Hopi  two  types  of  ceremonies  are  held 
at  separate  seasons  of  the  year.  The  kachina  cere- 
monies begin  with  the  winter  solstice  and  terminate  in 
midsummer  when  a  farewell  ceremony  called  the  Niman 
kachina  is  held.  Shortly  after,  the  second  series  is 
opened  with  either  the  snake  dance  or  the  flute  cere- 
mony and  others  follow  until  November  when  the  new 
fire  ceremony  completes  them.  Kachinas  are  super- 


110  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

natural  beings,  who  during  the  period  when  their  dances 
are  held,  are  believed  to  visit  the  Hopi.  When  this 
season  is  over,  they  withdraw  to  their  homes  in  San 
Francisco  Peaks  and  elsewhere.  They  are  represented 
in  the  dances  by  men  who  are  masked  and  painted  to 
correspond  to  the  traditional  conception  of  the  appear- 
ance of  each  kachina.  Small  wooden  images,  carved, 


Snake  and  Antelope  Priests. 

(Photo  by  Howard  McCormick.) 

painted,  and  decorated  with  feathers  are  also  used  to 
represent  them.  These  dolls,  after  the  Niman  kachina 
is  held,  are  given  to  the  children  to  play  with. 

Ceremonies  in  which  the  kachinas  appear  are  of  two 
kinds.  The  full  ceremonies,  which  are  the  first  held, 
have  in  addition  to  the  public  performances,  several 
days  devoted  to  secret  rites  in  the  kivas,  where  altars 
are  made.  The  abbreviated  kachinas,  which  come  late 
in  the  spring,  have  only  the  dances  in  the  plazas.  In 
these  dances,  the  men  who  represent  the  kachinas  wear, 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 


Ill 


in  addition  to  the  masks,  embroidered  kilts  and  sashes. 
They  carry  gourd  rattles  in  their  hands  and  have 
tortoise  shell  rattles  tied  to  their  knees.  They  move 
forward  slowly  in  a  procession,  with  mincing  steps 
timed  by  the  rattles.  The  priests  in  charge  of  the 
ceremonies  and  others  sprinkle  corn  meal  on  them  and 


ake  Priests  Dancing  with  Snake. 
(Photo  by  Howard  McCormick.) 


pray  to  them  as  if  they  were  the  real  kachina  beings. 
These  occasions  are  enlivened  by  the  pranks  of  clowns 
somewhat  similar  to  those  of  the  Rio  Grande  villages. 

The  ceremonies  of  the  second  series  are  distinguished 
from  the  kachina  ceremonies  by  the  absence  of  masked 
men  and  clowns.  They  are  generally  spoken  of  as 
nine-day  ceremonies,  although  the  Hopi  themselves 
consider  that  they  last  from  the  day  of  the  formal 
announcement  until  their  completion  sixteen  days  after. 


112  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

All  have  certain  features  in  common.  Altars  are  made, 
prayer  sticks  are  prepared  and  offered  at  various  shrines, 
and  there  is  much  praying  and  singing  in  the  kivas. 
During  the  kiva  ceremonies,  the  participants  smoke 
in  turn,  addressing  each  other  with  terms  of  relationship 
as  the  pipe  or  cigarette  is  passed.  On  the  last  two 
days  of  the  ceremony  there  are  usually  foot  races  and 
public  performances. 

The  Snake  Dance.  The  most  widely  known  of  these 
ceremonies  is  the  snake  dance  which  is  held  every 
second  year  in  all  the  Hopi  pueblos  except  Hano  and 
Sichumovi.  The  dances  of  Walpi  and  Oraibi  are 
those  which  attract  the  largest  number  of  visitors. 
The  ceremony  is  given  jointly  by  the  antelope  and  snake 
fraternities.  The  former  is  chiefly  concerned  with 
the  rites  in  the  kiva,  while  the  latter,  originally  a 
warrior  society,  gathers  and  handles  the  snakes. 

To  secure  the  snakes  the  snake  priests  go  out  in 
pairs  provided  with  digging-sticks,  with  snake  whips 
of  feathers,  and  with  bags  of  buckskin  or  canvas.  The 
first  day  they  go  to  the  north,  the  second  to  the  west, 
the  third  to  the  south,  and  the  fourth  to  the  east,  for 
this  is  the  ceremonial  circuit  of  the  Hopi.  If  a  suffi- 
ciently large  number  is  not  secured  during  the  four 
days,  snakes  are  sought  in  any  place  and  at  any  time 
until  enough  are  found.  Those  used  are  chiefly  rattle- 
snakes, but  bull-snakes  and  others  are  also  employed. 
The  snakes  are  usually  found  by  following  their  trails 
in  the  dust.  If  a  snake  is  uncoiled  a  little  corn  meal 
is  thrown  toward  it;  it  is  seized  by  the  neck,  stroked 
gently,  and  placed  in  a  bag.  Should  the  snake  coil, 
a  prayer  is  said  and  tobacco  smoke  is  blown  toward  it 
until  it  uncoils.  If  the  trail  of  the  snake  leads  to  a 
hole  it  is  dug  out  with  a  digging-stick.  The  snakes 
gathered  are  confined  in  pottery  vessels  in  the  kiva 
until  they  are  wanted  for  the  ceremony. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  113 

Both  the  snake  and  the  antelope  priests  make  altars 
in  their  kivas.  The  snake  altar  is  made  at  Oraibi 
on  the  evening  of  the  first  day.  The  head  priest 
brings  into  the  kiva  two  wooden  images  of  great  ap- 
parent antiquity.  The  larger  represents  Pookong, 
the  elder  of  the  war  god  twins;  the  smaller  may  be 
intended  for  his  brother,  or  for  some  other  divinity. 
Near  these  are  placed  small  images  of  the  panther, 
the  fetish  of  the  warriors  and  hunters.  At  Walpi,  and 
at  Oraibi  if  a  candidate  is  to  be  initiated,  a  sand  painting 
is  also  made.  This  has  a  picture  of  a  panther  in  the 
center,  a  snake  on  each  of  the  four  sides  and  a  frame  of 
four  colored  bands.  Although  each  band  extends 
entirely  around  the  painting,  the  outer  one  which  is 
yellow  represents  the  north;  the  second,  the  green  one, 
the  west ;  the  third,  red,  the  south ;  and  the  inner  one, 
which  is  white,  the  east.  These  are  the  colors  which 
the  Hopi  always  associate  with  the  world  quarters. 

The  antelope  altar  is  made  in  another  kiva  on  the 
fifth  day  of  the  ceremony.  The  painting  consists  of  a 
number  of  semicircular  cloud  terraces,  with  a  similar 
border  of  colored  bands.  On  two  sides  are  rows  of 
sticks,  some  of  them  curved,  which  represent  the  de- 
ceased members  of  the  order.  At  the  back  of  the  altar 
are  the  fetishes  and  the  tiponi,  the  society  symbol, 
kept  by  the  head  of  the  order  as  a  badge  of  his  office. 
Around  this  altar  a  most  important  rite  is  held.  One 
of  the  priests  and  a  woman  relative  of  some  member 
are  especially  dressed  and  impersonate  antelope  man 
and  antelope  maiden.  The  snake  priests  enter  bring- 
ing a  snake  which  the  antelope  man  holds  during  the 
ceremony.  The  priests  smoke,  blowing  the  smoke 
toward  the  altar;  clouds  of  tobacco  smoke  are  also 
blown  from  a  cloud  blower;  and  a  priest  appointed 
for  the  purpose  sprinkles  a  specially  prepared  liquid 


1 14  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

upward  and  over  the  altar.  Many  prayers  are  uttered 
and  eight  songs  are  sung.  This  ceremony  is  repeated 
each  morning  after  the  fifth,  throughout  the  ceremony. 
A  messenger  is  sent  out  each  afternoon  with  prayer 
offerings  to  be  placed  on  the  various  shrines.  The 
first  day  he  visits  the  most  distant  ones  making  a 
circuit  of  many  miles;  on  the  three  remaining  days 
the  distances  are  decreased.  On  the  afternoon  of  the 
seventh  day  water  is  brought  by  a  messenger  from  a 
distant  spring.  Before  the  water  is  taken  a  prayer 
stick  is  set  up  and  the  following  prayer  is  uttered : 

Now,  then,  this  here  (prayer  offerings)  I  have  brought  for  you. 
With  this  I  have  come  to  fetch  you.  Hence,  being  arrayed  in  this, 
thus  rain  on  our  crops!  Then  will  these  corn-stalks  be  growing  up  by 
that  rain;  when  they  mature,  we  shall  be  glad  over  them.  Then  these 
our  animals  when  they  eat  will  also  be  happy  over  it.  Then  all  living 
things  will  be  in  good  condition.  Therefore  do  we  thus  go  to  the  trouble 
of  assembling.  Hence  it  must  be  thus.  Therefore  have  pity  on  us. 
Xow  let  us  go!  We  shall  all  go.  There  let  no  one  keep  any  one  back. 
You  all  follow  me.  (Voth,  320.) 

In  the  early  morning  of  the  two  last  days  of  the 
ceremony,  two  snake  priests  dressed  as  warriors  pass 
four  times  around  each  of  the  kivas  and  enter  them. 
They  have  in  their  hands  bullroarers  and  lightning 
frames.  The  first  are  sticks  fastened  to  a  string  which 
when  rapidly  whirled  make  a  noise  like  falling  rain. 
The  lightning  frames  consist  of  a  series  of  crossed  sticks 
so  joined  that  they  may  be  quickly  projected  to  a 
considerable  distance  and  then  rapidly  returned. 
These  warriors  and  the  messenger  who  has  brought 
the  water  the  day  before,  go  down  on  the  plain  a  mile 
or  two  from  the  village.  The  messenger  first  makes 
cloud  symbols,  deposits  a  pra\rer  stick  and  utters  a 
prayer  at  four  places  some  distance  apart.  When 
he  reaches  the  fourth  place  the  two  warriors  advance 
toward  him,  swinging  their  bullroarers  and  shooting 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  115 

out  the  lightning  frames.  When  they  reach  the  fourth 
place  of  offering,  the  runners  start  toward  the  village. 
The  first  one  passing  the  messenger  is  given  the  netted 
gourd  containing  the  water  brought  from  the  distant 
spring.  This  he  must  surrender  to  any  one  passing 
him  so  that  the  winner  arrives  with  it  at  the  village. 
As  the  runners  approach  the  mesa,  they  are  joined  on 
the  eighth  morning  by  antelope  priests  and  on  the 
ninth  morning  by  snake  priests.  Boys  follow  them  up 
the  mesa  trails  with  freshly  cut  cornstalks.  When  the 
runners  have  passed,  the  girls  of  the  village  snatch 
these  corn  stalks  from  the  boys  and  carry  them  to  the 
houses  to  be  used  as  decorations. 

About  noon  of  the  ninth  day  an  interesting  feature 
of  the  ceremony  takes  place  in  the  snake  kiva.  A 
liquid  is  prepared  in  a  vessel  kept  for  the  purpose  and 
the  snakes  are  dipped  into  it.  At  Oraibi  they  are 
placed  on  some  sand  to  dry  in  the  sun  where  at  that 
hour  it  shines  through  the  hatchway.  At  Walpi, 
however,  they  are  thrown  with  considerable  violence 
upon  the  sand  painting  of  the  altar. 

Public  performances  in  the  plaza  take  place  in  the 
afternoon  of  the  eighth  and  ninth  days.  The  antelope 
priests  first  come  from  their  kiva,  and  go  in  procession 
four  times  around  the  plaza.  As  they  pass  in  front  of 
a  booth  which  has  been  provided  for  the  snakes,  each 
man  stamps  on  a  plank  which  has  been  placed  there  to 
represent  the  place  of  exit  from  the  lower  world. 
When  the  fourfold  circuit  has  been  completed,  they 
form  in  a  line  at  either  side  of  the  booth.  The  snake 
priests  then  come  out  and  make  a  similar  circuit  four 
times  around  the  plaza  and  form  in  a  line  facing  the 
booth  and  the  antelope  priests.  Each  line  is  led  by  its 
head  priest.  The  antelope  priest  is  also  accompanied 
by  a  sprinkler  who  carries  a  vessel  filled  with  liquid. 


116  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

On  the  eighth  day,  the  lines  dance  for  some  time 
facing  each  other  and  then  the  sprinkler  goes  to  the 
snake  booth,  takes  a  small  bundle  of  vines  and  corn 
stalks  in  his  mouth  and  dances  with  it  as  if  it  were  a 
snake.  He  is  guarded  by  a  snake  priest.  But  on  the 
ninth  day  after  the  two  lines  of  priests  have  made  the 
circuit  of  the  plaza  the  snake  priests  go  in  parrs  to  the 
booth.  One  of  each  pair  is  given  a  snake  which  he 
holds  in  his  mouth.  His  companion  follows  by  his 
side  with  a  snake  whip  with  which  he  is  prepared  to 
soothe  the  snake  and  attract  its  attention  should  there 
be  need.  They  move  in  this  way  down  the  plaza  for 
some  yards  when  the  snake  is  dropped.  Each  pair  of 
dancers  is  followed  by  a  third  snake  priest  who  picks  up 
the  snakes  as  they  fall  and  keeps  them  in  his  hands. 
When  his  hands  are  full,  he  passes  some  of  them  to  the 
antelope  priests  who  are  still  in  line.  The  dancers  re- 
turn for  additional  snakes  until  the  entire  number,  fifty 
or  more,  have  been  carried  in  the  dance.  The  head  snake 
priest  then  makes  a  large  circle  of  corn  meal  and  draws 
six  radii  which  represent  the  world  quarters.  Into  this 
circle  the  snakes  are  thrown  in  a  heap  and  the  women 
sprinkle  them  plentifully  with  corn  meal.  At  a  given 
signal  the  snake  priests  approach,  grab  as  many  snakes 
as  they  can  hold  in  each  hand,  run  down  the  trails  to 
the  plain,  and  release  the  snakes. 

In  alternate  years  the  flute  ceremony  is  held  in  the 
place  of  the  snake  dance.  This  ceremony  is  given  by 
two  orders,  the  blue  and  drab  flute  priests.  The 
final  public  ceremony  takes  place  at  certain  springs 
where  songs  and  prayers  are  rendered.  The  rite  is 
characterized  by  playing  on  long  flutes.  An  interesting 
feature  of  the  ceremony  is  the  placing  of  prayer 
offerings  at  the  bottom  of  a  deep  spring  for  which  pur- 
pose a  priest  enters  it. 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS. 


117 


Following  the  snake  and  flute  ceremonies  are  other 
nine-day  ceremonies  given  by  societies  of  women. 
During  the  public  performance  of  one  of  them,  the 
Marau,  the  women  carry  in  their  hands  large  wooden 
slabs  on  which  kachinas,  cloud  symbols,  and  ears  of 
corn  are  painted.  Following  this  is  the  Ooqol  cere- 
mony. Alternating  with  these  two  ceremonies,  the 


The  Marau  Society  Dancing  the  Mamzraute  at  Mishongnovi. 

(.Photo  by  Dr.  R.  H.  Lowie.) 


Lalakonti  dance  is  given.  During  the  public  dance  of 
both  the  Ooqol  and  the  Lalakonti  ceremonies,  darts 
are  thrown  at  netted  wheels  and  basket  trays  are  waved 
in  the  hands  of  the  dancers.  These  trays  are  later  given 
to  the  spectators. 

The  last  of  this  series  of  ceremonies  is  held  in  October 
or  November.  All  the  male  fraternities  join  in  its 
celebration.  The  chief  feature  is  the  making  of  a  new 


118  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

fire  by  means  of  a  firedrill.  While  this  is  taking  place, 
the  trails  to  the  village  are  closed  by  drawing  a  line 
of  corn  meal  across  them. 

The  greater  number  of  the  Hopi  ceremonies  are  for 
the  purpose  of  bringing  rain,  maintaining  the  water  in 
the  springs,  and  increasing  the  yield  of  the  fields.  These 
ceremonies  are  given  by  fraternities  of  priests  whose 
members  are  recruited  by  taking  in  those  who  have  been 
cured  or  benefited  by  the  order.  A  person  who  has 
been  bitten  by  a  rattlesnake  applies  to  a  member  of  the 
snake  fraternity  for  treatment.  It  is  then  proper  for 
him  to  be  initiated  and  become  a  participant  in  the 
ceremonies.  The  leadership  in  these  orders  usually 
passes  to  a  brother  or  to  a  sister's  son  and  remains  in  the 
same  clan.  In  Hopi  thought  these  fraternities  are 
associated  with  the  clan  to  which  the  leader  belongs. 

RELIGIOUS  BELIEFS. 

Of  the  many  religious  conceptions  entertained  by  the 
pueblo  people  of  the  Southwest  certain  ones  seem  to 
be  common  to  all.  It  is  generally  believed  that  the 
ancestors  of  the  present  people  came  up  from  under- 
ground to  the  surface  of  the  world.  The  Rio  Grande 
peoples  say  the  place  of  emergence  is  to  the  north  near 
the  sources  of  the  river  by  which  they  live.  The  Zuni 
point  to  a  certain  lake  in  their  own  neighborhood,  the 
Hopi  conceive  the  place  to  be  in  the  canyon  of  the 
Colorado.  The  souls  of  the  dead  return  through  the 
same  opening  to  the  underworld  in  a  journey  of  four 
days.  These  souls  of  the  dead  are  not  confined  under- 
ground but  also  visit  the  mountains  and  the  sky  where 
they  appear  as  clouds.  The  war  gods  among  the  Hopi 
are  dwarfs  about  whom  there  are  amusing  tales,  but  in 
the  east,  on  the  Rio  Grande  and  at  Zuni,  they  are 
important  deities.  There  is  some  evidence  that  they 


THE  PUEBLO  DWELLERS.  119 

are  thunder  gods.  Of  the  objects  of  nature  the  sun 
seems  to  hold  the  first  place.  Among  the  Rio  Grande 
villages,  however,  a  mother  who  still  resides  at  the  place 
of  emergence  holds  a  high  place  among  the  divinities. 
That  she  represents  the  earth  is  probable.  The  winds 
and  the  lightning  have  a  place  with  the  clouds  mentioned 
above.  There  the  world  quarters  are  also  to  be  included, 
but  the  nature  of  the  concept  is  vague.  Probably 
persons  are  supposed  to  reside  in  them  but  certain  ani- 
mals are  also  associated  with  the  world  quarters.  Pan- 
ther is  the  patron  of  the  hunters,  and  bear  of  the  healers. 
These  animal  gods  and  others  are  represented  by  images 
large  and  small.  There  are  the  great  stone  panthers  of 
Old  Cochiti  and  the  numerous  images  and  fetishes  of 
the  Zuni. 

Besides  the  small  animal  representations  used  as 
fetishes  there  are  others  less  definite  in  form  and  prob- 
ably symbolic  in  character.  There  is  evidence  that  all 
the  villages,  except  perhaps  some  of  the  Tewa  ones, 
have  a  fetish  for  each  clan,  for  each  prominent  frater- 
nity, and  for  the  head  priest.  They  are  perhaps  the 
most  sacred  objects  possessed  by  the  pueblo  peoples, 
and  about  them  centers  much  of  the  social  and  religious 
life.  The  Zuni  fetishes  are  sections  of  reeds  together 
with  various  sacred  objects  wrapped  in  cotton.  They 
are  deposited  in  a  jar  which  is  kept  in  a  room  of  a  house 
which  is  the  center  and  place  of  gathering  for  the 
particular  group.  Each  Zuni  individual  at  the  time  of 
his  initiation  into  the  society  of  the  gods  receives  an 
ear  of  corn  covered  with  feathers.  This  is  his  personal 
fetish;  it  is  carried  by  him  on  certain  ceremonial 
occasions;  and  is  buried  on  the  river  bank  at  his  death. 
The  Keresans  of  Laguna  and  the  Hopi  have  similar 
wrapped  ears  of  corn  which  correspond  in  use  to  the 
Zuni  fetishes  of  reeds  mentioned  above.  One  is  owned 


120  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

by  each  head  of  a  fraternity  and  there  is  one  for  each 
clan  which  is  kept  in  a  house  which  becomes  as  a  result 
the  clan  center. 

We  have  then  in  the  Southwest  a  peculiar  jumble  of 
objects  which  are  adored,  including  natural  features, 
persons,  and  animals,  with  the  souls  of  ancestors  occupy- 
ing a  prominent  place. 


CHAPTER  III. 

THE   VILLAGE   DWELLERS. 
THE  PIMA  AND  PAP  AGO. 

CONSIDERATION  so  far  has  been  given  to  those 
natives  of  the  Southwest  who  live  or  did  live  in  the 
community  dwellings  which  are  large  enough  to  accom- 
modate several  or  many  families. 

This  very  special  trait  of  community  building  and 
dwelling  distinguishes  these  people  from  others  in  this 
same  region.  There  are  people  almost  equally  seden- 
tary who  are,  however,  housed  in  one-family  buildings 
grouped  into  fairly  permanent  villages. 

The  Pima  and  Papago  as  they  are  now  designated 
are  the  most  important  tribes  living  in  villages  of  one- 
family  houses.  To  the  Spaniards  the  territory  was 
known  as  Pimeria  and  it  was  divided  into  Pimeria  Alta 
and  Pimeria  Baja.  The  former  was  occupied  by  the 
Pima  and  Arizona  Papago  and  the  latter  by  the  Papago 
of  Sonora.  In  early  Spanish  times  there  were  villages 
on  the  San  Pedro  and  Santa  Cruz  rivers  occupied  by  the 
Sobaipuri  who,  as  far  as  we  know,  are  to  be  distinguished 
from  the  Pima  and  Papago  only  on  geographical  and 
political  grounds.  If  there  were  differences  in  language 
or  culture  no  record  of  these  differences  remains.  Mis- 
sions were  established  among  them  in  the  latter  part  of 
the  seventeenth  and  the  early  part  of  the  eighteenth 
centuries.  One  of  these  was  at  San  Xavier  del  Bac,  a 
village  which  is  now  occupied  by  the  Papago.  The 
Sobaipuri  were  crowded  westward  by  the  Apache  who 
occupied  Aravaipa  Creek,  a  tributary  of  the  San  Pedro. 
It  is  supposed  the  Sobaipuri  remnants  joined  the  Pima 
and  were  absorbed  bv  them. 


121 


122  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

The  Pima  lived  along  the  Gila  River,  Arizona,  for 
some  thirty  miles  above  the  junction  of  that  stream  with 
the  Salt  River.  They  were  in  this  locality  when  first 
noticed  in  Spanish  writings.  This  date  is  difficult  to 
establish,  but  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  first 
definite  and  direct  European  influence  was  that  exerted 
by  Father  Eusebio  Francisco  Kino  who  traveled  through 
this  region  between  the  years  1687  and  1710.  The  first 
description  of  the  Pima  is  the  account  of  a  visit  to  their 
villages  on  November  21,  1697,  by  Father  Kino,  accom- 
panied by  Juan  Mateo  Mange,  who  wrote  the  official 
report  of  the  journey.  That  European  goods  and  in- 
fluence had  reached  the  Pima  indirectly  before  this  time 
is  probable.  They  were  friendly  from  their  very  first 
meeting  with  the  Spaniards,  and  manifested  the  same 
amiability  toward  the  Americans  who  began  to  pene- 
trate their  country  in  the  second  third  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  From  the  discovery  of  gold  in  California 
until  the  building  of  the  railroad,  their  villages  were  a 
stopping  place  for  Americans  who  followed  the  southern 
route. 

The  number  of  their  villages  in  Spanish  and  Ameri- 
can times  has  varied  between  five  and  ten,  It  is  not  to 
be  supposed  they  would  be  quite  so  permanent  as  the 
community  structures  of  the  Pueblo  Indians.  In  1902 
Prof.  Frank  Russell  enumerated  eighteen  villages.  The 
U.  S.  census  for  1910  gives  the  number  of  the  Pima  as 
4,236. 

The  Maricopa,  a  Yuman  people,  are  believed  to 
have  joined  the  Pima  early  in  the  nineteenth  century. 
They  had  been  moving  slowly  eastward  for  some  years 
under  the  pressure  of  the  Yuma  on  the  Colorado  River. 
The  Maricopa  numbered  only  386  in  1910.  They  live 
on  the  Salt  River  and  have  become  entirely  assimilated 
to  the  Pima  except  in  language  and  burial  customs. 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS.  123 

South  of  the  Gila  live  the  Papago.  Their  villages 
are  situated  wherever  there  is  arable  land  that  can  be 
irrigated.  They  occupy  the  region  south  of  the  Pima 
for  150  miles  or  more  extending  a  considerable  distance 
into  Sonora,  Mexico,  and  westward  quite  or  nearly  to 
the  Gulf  of  California.  The  1910  U.  S.  census  gives 
the  number  of  3,793  living  in  Arizona.  The  figures  for 
those  living  in  Mexico  are  not  available,  but  are  esti- 
mated at  about  700.  They  are  not  so  sedentary  as  the 
Pima  since  in  many  instances  a  group  maintains  a 
winter  village  in  the  mountains  where  water  and  forage 
are  more  plentiful  for  their  herds,  and  a  summer  village 
for  the  raising  of  their  crops.  Ordinarily,  the  winter 
village  is  the  more  permanent. 


HOUSES. 

The  dwelling  house  of  the  Pima  has  the  shape  of  a 
dome  or  an  inverted  bowl,  considerably  flattened.  Its 
circular  ground-plan  is  on  the  average  about  18  feet  in 
diameter.  Within  this  circle  four  posts  are  set  up  at  the 
corners  of  a  rectangle  about  seven  by  eight  feet.  These 
posts  are  forked  at  the  top  and  in  the  forks  rest  beams 
on  which  lighter  cross  pieces  rest.  This  framework 
forms  the  support  for  the  outer  shell  which  consists  of 
willow  poles  set  in  the  ground  and  drawn  in  at  the  top 
to  form  the  flattened  dome  mentioned  above.  The  wil- 
low poles  are  held  in  place  by  horizontal  pieces  tied  in 
place  with  willow  bark.  Over  this  framework  is  placed  a 
thatching  of  brush  and  straw  and  on  top  of  that  a  layer 
of  earth  5  to  10  inches  deep.  There  is  only  one  opening, 
a  low  doorway  through  which  one  must  stoop  to  enter. 
No  special  opening  is  provided  for  the  smoke  of  the  fire, 
which  passes  out  of  the  top  of  the  doorway  while  the 
fresh  cold  air  comes  in  at  the  bottom.  The  occupants 


124 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


either  recline  or  sit  to  avoid  the  smoke  which  fills  the 
domed  ceiling. 

Situated  near  the  house  is  usually  a  flat-topped 
shade,  a  type  of  structure  which  is  nearly  universal  in 
the  Southwest.  In  summer  the  cooking  is  done  outside 
and  no  fire  in  the  house  is  necessary,  but  in  winter  a  fire 
is  maintained  for  warmth.  The  outdoor  cooking  fire  is 
provided  with  a  simple  windbreak,  the  simplest  and 
most  essential  type  of  a  domicile. 


A  Pima  Dwelling. 

(Photo  bv  Marv  Lois  Kissel.) 


It  is  said  that  in  former  times  each  village  had  a 
community  house  of  structure  similar  to  the  dwellings 
but  oval  in  ground-plan,  which  in  some  cases  was  capable 
of  holding  80  people.  No  such  houses  are  now  standing 
among  the  Pima. 

The  Papago  house  differs  from  that  of  the  Pima 
only  in  the  material  and  perhaps  the  size.  Instead  of 
cottonwood  posts,  mesquite  is  used  for  the  main  sup- 
ports; and  ribs  of  the  giant  cactus  take  the  place  of 
willow  poles.  The  ceremonial  lodges  of  the  Papago  are 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS.  125 

of  the  same  type  as  the  dwellings  but  usually  larger. 
It  is  to  be  presumed  they  correspond  in  use  to  the  oval 
council  houses  of  the  Pima. 

The  food  of  the  Pima  and  the  Papago  in  a  general 
way  is  similar  to  that  of  the  pueblo  dwellers.  They 
live  in  part  upon  the  domesticated  animals  and  plants 
and  in  part  upon  wild  animals  and  wild  vegetable 
products.  For  the  Papago  at  least,  the  proportion  of 
wild  food  is  greater  than  with  the  pueblo  people. 
Before  Spanish  times  the  cultivated  crops  were  maize, 
squash,  beans,  and  cotton.  Wheat  seems  to  have  been 
introduced  at  an  early  date,  perhaps  even  before  direct 
contact  with  the  Spaniards.  It  is  well  adapted 
to  the  soil  and  climate  and  has  become  the  most  im- 
portant of  the  cultivated  crops.  Considerable  quantities 
of  corn  and  wheat  were  furnished  to  the  various  expedi- 
tions and  travelers  passing  the  Pima  villages  during  the 
middle  of  the  nineteenth  century.  A  small  breed  of 
fowls  was  introduced  among  the  Papago  and  reached  the 
Pima.  Besides  they  acquired  horses,  donkeys,  cattle, 
sheep,  and  goats.  As  far  as  the  environment  would 
permit,  they  became  Europeanized  in  the  matter  of 
domesticated  animals  and  crops  at  least  a  century  ago. 
Oxen  with  wooden  plows  are  used  in  some  cases  for 
plowing,  especially  among  the  Papago.  Cattle  were 
never  abundant,  for  until  recently  it  was  the  custom  to 
kill  and  eat  all  the  cattle  at  the  death  of  the  owner. 
They  continued,  however,  the  primitive  methods  of  cul- 
tivating corn.  This  is  done  by  turning  the  water  of  the 
rivers,  or  impounded  storm  waters,  into  a  ditch  by 
means  of  which  the  crops  are  irrigated.  The  weeds 
which  grow  luxuriantly  are  removed  with  a  knife- 
shaped,  wooden  implement.  The  water  of  the  Gila  has 
ordinarily  a  great  deal  of  silt  held  in  suspension  which  is 
spread  over  the  valley  land  by  the  process  of  irrigation. 


126  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

The  farms  as  a  result  are  not  only  very  fertile  but  they 
are  easily  worked,  since  this  deposit  is  very  friable. 

Besides  using  the  flesh  of  the  domesticated  animals, 
the  Pima  and  Papago  successfully  hunted  the  antelope 
and  deer  which  were  found  scattered  generally  over  their 
habitat.  Mountain  sheep  still  are  found  on  the  moun- 
tains of  southern  Arizona  and  northwestern  Mexico. 

Notwithstanding  that  much  of  the  country  is  classed 
as  desert,  valuable  wild  food  is  secured  in  large  quanti- 
ties. The  most  esteemed  seems  to  be  the  giant  cactus 
or  sahuara.  The  native  year  begins  with  the  sahuara 
harvest  which  is  celebrated  by  one  of  the  important 
festivals.  The  fruit  is  gathered  in  the  early  part  of 
July.  The  ripe  fruit  is  dried  and  pressed  into  large 
cakes  consisting  of  the  edible  pulp  and  the  small  black 
seeds.  The  dried  pulp  is  boiled  for  a  long  time  and 
ground  on  a  metate  before  it  is  eaten.  The  seeds  are 
separated,  ground,  and  mixed  with  water  to  form  a 
gruel.  Food  in  this  form,  fine  ground  corn,  wheat,  or 
seeds,  eaten  either  dry  or  mixed  with  water,  is  known  as 
pinole  in  the  Southwest.  From  the  fresh  sahuara 
fruit  the  extracted  juice  is  boiled  and  allowed  to  ferment. 
The  wine  so  secured  is  a  main  feature  of  the  harvest 
festival. 

The  mesquite  furnishes  food  in  considerable  quanti- 
ties. The  pods  are  edible.  When  dry  they  are  easily 
pulverized,  producing  a  sweet  and  very  agreeable  flour. 
There  are  various  species  of  cactus  which  are  used  for 
food.  The  barrel  cactus  when  crushed  furnishes  a  large 
quantity  of  liquid  which  is  a  good  substitute  for  water. 

The  desert  flora,  moreover,  is  fairly  independent  of 
seasonal  rains. 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS.  127 

CLOTHING. 

One  article  of  the  clothing  of  the  Pima  and  Papago 
sets  them  off  from  practically  all  other  Indians  within 
the  confines  of  the  United  States.  Sandals  clearly  be- 
long to  the  south.  They  are  worn  in  South  and  Central 
America  and  in  Mexico.  The  Pima  and  Papago  wear  in 
summer  a  sandal  of  thick  rawhide.  The  prehistoric 
peoples  of  the  Southwest  wore  sandals  of  woven  leaves 
and  fiber,  as  has  been  noted  above,  but  their  use  has 
been  retained  by  none  of  the  other  present-day  inhabi- 
tants of  this  region.  When  going  abroad  for  a  consider- 
able distance,  moccasins  are  substituted  for  sandals 
which  give  less  protection  to  the  feet  in  this  thorn  beset 
country.  The  men  until  recently  wore  during  the 
greater  part  of  the  year  only  these  sandals  and  a  small 
breech-cloth  of  cotton.  In  cold  weather  a  deerskin 
shirt  and  a  cotton  blanket  or  a  robe  of  woven  rabbit 
skins  was  added.  The  women  throughout  the  year  wear 
a  cotton  blanket  girded  around  the  waist  and  falling 
to  the  knees.  In  winter  all  but  the  recent  widows  pull 
the  folds  of  these  blankets  over  their  shoulders. 


BASKETRY. 

A  variety  of  textile  processes  is  employed  by  the 
Pima  and  Papago.  Plaiting,  which,  as  has  been  men- 
tioned above,  was  employed  by  the  prehistoric  peoples 
and  is  still  known  to  the  pueblo  peoples,  is  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  mats  and  a  certain  class  of  baskets. 
This  plaiting  is  diagonal  and  for  mats  is  done  with  the 
leaves  of  a  reed.  The  rectangular  covered  baskets 
used  to  hold  trinkets  and  medicine  outfits  are  made 
chiefly  by  the  Papago  women  who  employ  agave  leaves. 
The  greater  number  of  the  baskets,  however,  are  sewed 
on  a  coiled  foundation.  In  general  appearance  these 


128 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


baskets  are  very  similar  to  those  made  by  the  Apache 
and  other  neighboring  tribes.  The  coiled  foundation 
of  the  Pima  and  Papago  baskets,  however,  consists  of 
a  bundle  of  small  strands.  The  Pima  formerly  used 
the  leaves  of  a  rush  which  grew  by  the  Gila  River. 


Pima  Travs. 


The  Papago,  and  in  recent  years  the  Pima,  use  the 
leaves  of  a  yucca.  The  sewing  material,  that  which  is 
visible  on  the  basket,  is  of  willow  twigs  from  which  the 
bark  has  been  removed  and  the  twig  itself  split  and  trim- 
med to  a  convenient  size.  The  Papago  now  make  many 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS.  129 


Pima  Storage  Basket. 


130  .     INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

baskets  for  the  tourist  trade,  using  for  such  baskets  the 
white,  bleached  leaves  of  a  yucca.  Their  older  baskets, 
however,  were  of  willow,  as  are  those  of  the  Pima.  This 
white  material  covers  the  body  of  the  basket  and  forms 
the  background  for  the  designs,  which  are  in  black  or 
dark  brown.  This  dark  material  is  derived  from  the 
fruit  pods  of  the  martynia  or  catsclaw. 

The  designs  consist  chiefly  of  narrow  stripes  which 
zigzag  and  radiate  from  the  bottom  of  the  basket  toward 
the  rim.  One  noticeable  feature  of  these  coiled  baskets 
is  that  the  beginning  is  of  plaited  work  while  similar 
baskets  in  other  parts  of  the  Southwest  begin  by  the 
same  coiling  method  which  is  used  in  the  main  portion 
of  the  basket. 

The  Pima  and  Papago  also  make  large  storage 
baskets  by  a  coiling  method  which  does  not  involve  the 
use  of  a  second  element  to  hold  the  coils  together. 
They  are  bound  together  by  an  interlocking  of  the  twigs 
which  make  up  the  succeeding  coils. 

One  of  the  important  uses  to  which  baskets  are  put 
throughout  western  North  America  is  a  container  for 
small  objects  which  are  to  be  transported  on  the  backs 
of  the  women.  The  Apache  have  such  baskets,  which 
are  usually  made  by  twining,  not  by  coiling.  The  Pima 
and  Papago  do  not  make  or  use  burden-baskets,  but 
have  instead  a  net  of  twine  supported  on  a  frame  of 
poles  called  kiaha.  The  fiber  for  the  twine  is  secured 
from  the  leaves  of  the  sotol  (Dasylirion  wheeleri)  and 
probably  also  from  the  narrow  leaved  yucca.  The  net  is 
made  by  a  method  of  interlocking  of  stitches,  known  as 
lace  coiling.  The  supporting  frame  consists  of  sticks 
fashioned  from  the  ribs  of  the  giant  cactus.  A  hoop  of 
willow  holds  the  mouth  of  the  net  open.  Twine  made  of 
human  hair  is  used  to  bind  this  hoop  to  the  projecting 
ends  of  the  frame.  This  carrying  net  is  not  only  an 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS. 


131 


object  well  adapted  to  its  use,  but  is  a  part  of  the 
woman's  costume  and  therefore  decorated  as  if  it  were 
a  garment.  The  younger  women  are  more  particular 
about  the  ornamental  characters  of  their  kiaha  than 
are  the  older  women. 

The  headbands  and  belts  of  the  Pima  and  Papago 
are  of  the  same  sort  found  southward  in  western  Mexico 
among  the  Huichol  and  among  the  Hopi  and  the 


Pima  Plaited  Basket. 

Navajo  to  the  north.  They  are  woven  on  a  special 
loom  one  end  of  which  is  attached  to  a  tree  or  post  and 
the  other  to  the  waist  of  the  seated  weaver.  Wool  is 
used  in  recent  years  for  the  weft  of  these  belts,  the 
warp  being  of  cotton. 

The  early  Spanish  accounts  mention  the  growing  of 
cotton  and  the  weaving  of  cloth  with  which  the  Pima 
clothed  themselves.  Cotton  was  raised  to  some  extent 


132  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

until  the  close  of  the  last  century.  The  spindle  had  the 
form  of  a  simple  shaft  with  a  cross  piece  near  one  end 
to  give  momentum  in  whorling.  The  spinning  was 
generally  done  by  the  women.  In  structure,  the  loom 
is  similar  to  that  still  used  by  the  Pueblo  and  Navajo 
Indians.  It  is  interesting  to  note,  however,  that  the 
loom  was  stretched  horizontally  near  the  ground  instead 
of  being  suspended  vertically  as  is  the  case  elsewhere. 
As  far  as  is  known,  the  products  of  the  looms  were 
simple  in  character,  suitable  pieces  for  folding  about  the 
body  and  for  use  as  blankets  at  night.  The  older  men 
did  the  weaving. 

SOCIAL  ORGANIZATION. 

It  will  be  recalled  that  the  pueblo-dwelling  peoples 
of  the  Southwest,  regardless  of  speech  or  locality,  have 
clearly  defined  clan  groups  which  are  exogamous  with 
descent  in  the  female  line.  The  Pima  and  the  Papago 
have  a  quite  different  system.  There  are  five  divisions 
which  run  through  all  the  villages  of  both  tribes. 
Three  of  these  divisions  are  grouped  and  known  as  the 
red  ants  or  red  people,  and  the  remaining  two  as  white 
ants.  To  the  red  group  belong  the  Akol,  Apap,  and 
Apuki;  to  the  white,  Maam  and  Vaaf.  This  division 
of  all  the  people  into  two  groups  gives  us  the  moiety 
arrangement  which  is  found  among  some  of  the  Rio 
Grande  pueblos.  Such  dual  groups  are  usually  promi- 
nent in  religious  ceremonies  and  in  games  where  one 
moiety  competes  with  the  other.  There  is  very  scanty 
information  concerning  the  duties  or  functions  of  the 
five  divisions  or  of  the  two  groups  to  which  these  divisions 
belong.  Descent  in  the  divisions  is  from  father  to  son, 
but  we  are  assured  that  there  are  no  marriage  restric- 
tions associated  with  these  divisions.  It  is  said  that 
members  of  expeditions  going  for  salt  used  to  paint  their 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS.  133 

faces  to  indicate  whether  they  were  of  the  red  or  white 
moiety.  That  such  divisions  and  groups  formerly  had 
some  important  relation  to  the  social  or  religious  life 
of  the  people  must  be  assumed. 

The  families  are  made  up  of  the  parents,  their 
children,  and  the  wives  and  children  of  the  sons.  This 
it  will  be  noticed  is  the  reverse  of  the  custom  of  the 
pueblo  people,  among  whom  the  married  daughter 
remains  at  home.  The  houses,  each  of  which  is  occupied 
by  one  of  these  extended  families,  are  grouped  into 
villages  of  considerable  size.  Each  village  has  a  chief 
and  a  council  that  govern  it.  The  official  announce- 
ments are  made  from  a  housetop  by  a  village  crier.  The 
chief  and  council  also  have  a  regular  messenger  who 
summons  the  citizens  to  appear  when  their  attendance  is 
desired.  There  is  also  a  village  officer  who  is  in  charge 
of  the  ceremonies  and  festivals  of  the  village. 

The  villages  of  the  Papago  are  grouped  into  four 
territorial  districts  to  each  of  which  a  name  is  assigned. 
The  Pima  appear  to  have  two  geographical  groups :  the 
Pima  of  the  Gila,  and  the  Kohatk.  The  chiefs  of  the  vari- 
ous Pima  villages  elect  a  chief  of  the  entire  tribe  who  holds 
office  for  life  or  until  he  is  disabled.  In  an  election  the 
son  of  a  former  chief  seems  to  be  given  special  considera- 
tion. The  duties  of  the  head  chief  appear  to  be  vague 
but  his  influence  may  be  great  without  his  powers  being 
defined. 

Leadership  in  war  seems  to  have  devolved  upon  any 
individual  who  commanded  sufficient  confidence  to 
recruit  a  band  to  follow  him,  but  the  leadership  was 
only  for  the  one  expedition.  Wars  were  waged  against 
the  Apache  and  the  Yuma.  The  Pima  acted  against 
the  Apache  as  a  tribe  rather  than  by  villages. 


134  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

GAMES. 

The  Pima  and  Papago  play  games  similar  to  those 
of  the  other  Southwestern  people.  There  are  two  dice 
games.  The  one  played  by  men  employs  four  stones 
and  that  of  the  women  eight.  The  points  of  the  men's 
game  are  tallied  by  moving  a  counter  about  a  large 
rectangle  of  stones  on  the  ground.  The  Apache  use  a 
much  smaller  and  circular  space. 

The  guessing  game  is  played  with  four  reeds  in  one 
of  which  a  bean  or  ball  of  gum  is  hidden.  Count  is 
kept  by  means  of  kernels  of  corn,  one  hundred  being 
used.  This  is  the  game  usually  called  moccasin  game. 
It  is  also  played  by  the  Navajo  and  Apache  who  employ 
piles  of  dirt  or  a  row  of  small  holes  dug  in  the  ground. 

The  women  play  a  shinny  game  using  a  double  con- 
nected ball  which  must  not  be  touched  with  the  hands. 
The  purpose  of  the  game  is  to  carry  and  throw  this  ball 
over  the  opponent's  goal  line  by  the  use  of  a  willow 
stick. 

There  are  several  games  of  shooting  with  the  bow 
and  arrow  intended  probably  to  develop  skill.  They 
are  for  the  most  part  confined  to  boys. 

The  races,  which  the  pueblo  dwellers  make  a  part 
of  their  religious  ceremonies,  the  Pima  and  Papago 
used  to  maintain  with  a  less  evident  ceremonial  connec- 
tion. They  had  both  the  long  distance  race  in  which  a 
ball  is  kicked  for  miles,  and  the  relay  race  in  which  two 
large  groups  of  racers  representing  opposing  villages  or 
large  communities  compete.  The  relay  race  may  be 
won  by  speed  or,  if  the  speed  is  nearly  equal,  by  the 
superior  endurance  of  the  combined  contestants  on  one 
side. 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS.  135 

RELIGION. 

When  the  religious  activities  and  the  ceremonial 
objects  of  the  Pima  and  Papago  are  considered  they 
are  found  to  be  much  less  complicated  and  impressive 
than  are  those  of  the  pueblo  peoples.  It  seems  that 
each  village  has  a  ceremonial  house,  which  is  of  the 
same  general  structure  as  the  dwellings.  The  cere- 
monial house  is  usually  larger  and  its  name  is  "large 
house."  The  house  is  under  the  care  of  a  man  called 
the  Keeper  of  the  Smoke,  the  reference  being  to  tobacco 
smoking,  not  to  a  house  fire.  It  is  not  clear  from  the 
accounts,  but  it  is  to  be  inferred,  that  this  man  is  the 
priestly  head  of  the  village. 

There  are  two  classes  of  priests,  fairly  distinct  from 
each  other.  The  Siatcokam  deal  with  sickness  and  the 
Makai  with  weather  and  the  growth  of  crops  and  with 
warfare.  The  healing  priests  are  made  up  of  both  men 
and  women  who  are  recruited  by  inheritance.  The 
Makai  are  generally  men  who  are  believed  to  be  pos- 
sessed of  supernatural  power  which  enables  them  to 
perform  magical  acts.  The  production  of  rain  is  accom- 
plished mainly  by  sympathetic  magic  the  nature  of 
which  is  concealed  from  the  observers.  The  spectators 
will  be  apparently  sprinkled  by  means  of  dry  feathers, 
the  reeds  containing  the  water  being  concealed.  The 
novices  who  wish  to  become  priests  of  this  sort  undergo 
a  training  lasting  from  two  to  four  years,  during  which 
time  certain  restrictions  are  observed. 

At  the  time  of  the  harvest  festival  of  the  Papago 
certain  men  wear  masks  and  are  the  singers  of  the  cere- 
mony. They  are  called  Uipinyim  and  are  in  a  certain 
sense  priests.  Not  only  are  the  orders  of  priests  fewer 
than  among  the  Zufii  and  Hopi,  but  there  seems  to  be 
lacking  the  formal  organization  into  priesthoods. 


136  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

The  pueblo  peoples  spend  much  time  in  performing 
a  great  number  and  variety  of  ceremonies.  The  Papago, 
as  far  as  we  are  informed,  have  only  three  important 
ceremonies.  In  mid-spring  a  ceremony  is  held  to  pro- 
cure good  crops  of  giant  cactus  fruit  during  the  coming 
season.  In  July,  when  the  giant  cactus  fruit  is  ripe, 
a  festival  of  wine  drinking  is  held.  If  the  crops  are 
bountiful  a  harvest  festival  is  sometimes  celebrated 
in  the  Santa  Rosa  Valley,  Arizona. 

This  ceremony,  called  Vigita,  is  the  joint  perform- 
ance of  the  five  villages  of  the  valley.  The  exact  date  is 
fixed  at  the  meeting  of  a  council  held  at  one  of  the 
villages.  Preparations  are  immediately  begun  for  the 
festival.  On  the  eve  of  the  tenth  day  before  the  main 
celebration  a  large  bundle  of  feathered  sticks  which  have 
been  made  for  the  occasion  is  placed  in  the  center  of  the 
feast  ground.  The  men  gather  around  this  bundle  and 
listen  to  two  formulated  speeches  which  recite  the 
origin  and  previous  celebrations  of  the  Vigita.  Ten 
tally  sticks  are  stuck  in  the  ground,  one  of  which  is 
pulled  up  and  carried  away  each  evening,  that  the 
number  of  days  may  be  accurately  kept.  The  next 
night  messengers  are  sent  to  the  various  villages  to 
announce  the  date  of  the  festival.  Songs  are  composed 
and  practised  for  the  coming  celebration.  Each  village 
has  eight  chief  singers,  each  one  of  whom  composes  a 
song.  These  are  taught  to  the  other  singers  of  that 
village  and  to  those  composing  the  village  chorus  who 
are  not  composers  of  songs.  The  masks  of  the  singers 
are  made  of  gourds  which  are  painted  in  colors  with  de- 
signs representing  lightning,  clouds,  and  grains  of  corn. 
A  second  set  of  performers  have  large  masks  of  cloth 
to  which  tin  disks  and  turkey  feathers  are  fastened. 
There  are  designs  on  the  masks  representing  clouds. 
They  carry  crude  bows  and  arrows  and  long  poles  with 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS.  137 

which  the  fruit  of  the  giant  cactus  is  knocked  down. 
The  men  themselves  are  said  to  represent  the  giant 
cactus.  They  are  called  clowns  and  appear  as  such, 
but  since  they  are  also  the  attendants  of  the  singers  and 
the  head  men  it  is  proper  to  assume  that,  as  is  the 
case  among  the  pueblo  people,  the  duties  of  these 
apparent  clowns  are  of  considerable  importance. 

The  main  celebration  occupies  one  day  and  takes 
place  in  an  enclosure  about  30  feet  square  made  of 
wattling.  In  the  center  of  the  enclosure  is  a  forked  post 
on  which  is  placed  a  basket  of  corn  meal.  To  the  east 
of  the  post  is  a  flat  cotton  emblem  of  the  sun  and  to  the 
west  a  similar  one  of  the  moon.  The  enclosure  is  sub- 
divided so  that  each  village  has  its  own  plot  wherein 
sacred  objects  are  placed  and  where  the  singers  for  the 
particular  village  gather.  Near  each  of  these  enclosures 
miniature  fields  are  made  of  sand  representing  the 
arroyo  which  contributes  the  water,  the  irrigation 
ditches,  and  the  fields  themselves.  These  are  cared  for 
by  the  clowns. 

The  day  of  the  festival  all  those  in  attendance  are 
sprinkled  with  corn  meal  to  keep  away  sickness.  Each 
adult  takes  a  feathered  stick,  puts  corn  meal  on  it,  and 
brushes  himself  as  a  cleansing  rite.  The  men  of  the 
respective  villages,  each  for  himself,  have  made  of  twigs 
a  representation  of  some  food  products,  clouds,  game 
animals,  and  cotton.  At  noon  these  are  carried  to  the 
village  plot  within  the  enclosure.  As  they  move  toward 
the  spot  bullroarers  are  swung,  representing  the  sound  of 
rain. 

During  the  afternoon  songs  are  sung.  When  dark- 
ness has  fallen  well-informed  old  men  dressed  as  clowns 
deliver  set  speeches.  After  the  speechmaking  each 
village  in  order  sings  the  songs  which  have  been  prac- 
tised during  the  period  of  preparation.  Two  of  the 


138  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

singers  from  each  village,  wearing  special  masks,  repre- 
sent the  corn.  The  singing  occupies  the  night.  Just 
before  dawn  all  the  singers  remove  their  clothing  and 
paint  their  bodies  with  spots  to  represent  the  multi- 
colored corn.  Just  as  the  sun  rises  two  men,  one  bearing 
the  symbol  of  the  sun  and  the  other  the  symbol  of  the 
moon,  pass  out  through  the  opening  of  the  enclosure, 
toward  the  east.  Here  they  are  met  by  two  pairs  of 
boys  and  girls  representing  the  children  who  were  once 
sacrificed.  Old  men  scrape  with  notched  sticks  and 
sing  while  the  children  dance. 

During  the  day  the  ceremonial  objects  which  have 
been  prepared  as  mentioned  above  are  paraded.  The 
singers  continue  their  songs,  and  the  clowns  imitate 
shamans  performing  magic,  and  impersonate  men 
drunk  with  giant  cactus  wine.  Toward  night  when  all 
the  objects  have  been  shown,  each  village  sings  four 
songs,  different  from  those  previously  sung,  and  the 
festival  is  over. 

There  were  ceremonial  activities  connected  with 
hunting  and  warfare.  We  have  the  statement  that  the 
Pima,  after  killing  an  enemy,  observed  so  many  restric- 
tions and  for  so  long  a  time  that  their  usefulness  as 
scouts  was  impaired.  The  salt  expeditions  to  the  Gulf  of 
California  are  conducted  according  to  the  pattern  of  war 
expeditions  with  offerings  and  ceremonial  restrictions. 

There  are  numerous  shrines  in  the  country  of  the 
Pima  and  Papago ;  some  of  them  on  mountain  tops  and 
others  in  caves.  The  offerings  deposited  at  these  shrines 
differed;  at  some  of  them  twigs  were  placed  and  at 
others  arrows. 

As  is  the  case  with  the  pueblo  dwellers,  the  religious 
ceremonies,  the  means  employed  with  the  hope  of  in- 
fluencing events,  consist  of  songs  and  of  objects  and 
activities  of  a  magical  character. 


THE  VILLAGE  DWELLERS.  139 

The  beliefs  of  the  Pima  and  Papago  in  regard  to  the 
supernatural  fall  rather  naturally  into  those  concerning 
the  more  striking  manifestations  of  nature  such  as 
lightning,  thunder,  the  sun  and  moon,  wind,  and  rain 
on  the  one  hand;  and  the  conception  of  superhuman 
personalities  such  as  Earth  Magician,  who  was  the 
Creator,  and  Elder  Brother  who  appeared  later  on  the 
scene  but  ultimately  superseded  Earth  Magician  and 
became  the  Culture  Hero. 

The  Creator,  or  Earth  Magician,  alone,  was  floating 
on  darkness  until  he  rubbed  cuticle  from  his  body 
which,  by  the  aid  of  white  ants  he  created,  became 
the  earth.  Later  there  was  a  flood  from  the  effects 
of  which  the  main  personages  were  saved.  Elder 
Brother  killed  a  monster  eagle  which  was  preying  upon 
humanity.  Earth  Magician  on  leaving  this  upper  world 
shed  certain  impurities  from  his  body  which  are  respon- 
sible for  sickness  and  other  human  ills. 

The  Pima  and  Papago  during  the  ceremonies  repeat 
portions  of  these  myths  and  sing  songs  of  the  super- 
natural persons  and  animals  both  ancient  and  modern. 
The  religious  beliefs  and  practices  of  the  Pima  and 
Papago  are  closely  similar  to  those  of  the  pueblo- 
dwellers,  but  are  less  elaborate  and  spectacular. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
THE  CAMP  DWELLERS. 

THE  camp  dwellers  may  fairly  be  called  nomadic. 
Their  houses  are  inexpensive  in  regard  to  the  material 
and  labor  involved  in  constructing  them  and  for  that 
reason  are  readily  deserted  and  replaced  by  others  in 
another  situation.  They  depend  comparatively  little 
upon  agriculture  and  therefore  are  not  permanently 
bound  to  the  locality  of  their  fields  and  storerooms. 
The  securing  of  their  wild  food,  both  animal  and  vege- 
table, requires  considerable  traveling  about. 

DISTRIBUTION. 

These  people  belonged  to  two  linguistic  stocks :  the 
Athapascan,  consisting  of  the  Navajo  and  several 
Apache  tribes;  and  the  Yuman,  which  includes  the 
Walapai  and  Yavapai. 

Athapascan.  The  Athapascan  tribes  in  the  eastern 
portion  of  the  territory  speak  languages  related 
to  the  Dene  of  the  north,  in  the  Mackenzie  and  Yukon 
valleys,  and  to  the  various  scattered  bands  in  western 
Oregon  and  northwestern  California.  The  name 
Apache  was  widely  applied  by  both  the  Spanish  and  the 
Americans  who  succeeded  them  and  was  used  for  several 
distinct  tribes. 

In  the  northeast  are  the  Jicarilla  Apache,  who  are 
again  divided  into  two  bands.  One  of  these,  the  Llanero, 
lived  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Canadian  River  and  in 
the  mountains  between  that  stream  and  the  Rio  Grande. 
The  Ollero  lived  west  of  the  Rio  Grande,  especially 
along  the  Chama  River. 

140 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  141 

In  the  mountains  between  the  Rio  Pecos  and  the  Rio 
Grande,  south  of  White  Mountain,  were  the  Mescalero 
Apache.  They  consisted  of  many  bands,  each  of 
which  claimed  a  rather  definite  locality  as  its  home. 
The  territory  occupied  by  them  extended  southward  to 
the  mouth  of  the  Pecos  but  the  bands  in  the  lower 
part  of  this  region  were  less  closely  allied  to  the  Mesca- 
lero proper  in  political  feeling  and  there  was  a  slight 
difference  in  dialect.  East  of  the  Rio  Grande  in  the 
Valley  of  the  Mimbres  was  an  Apache  tribe  now  nearly 
extinct.  They  formerly  were  called  the  Mimbrefios 
but  are  better  known  from  their  great  war  leader, 
Victorio.  When  he  was  defeated  a  part  of  his  band 
joined  the  Mescalero  and  others  united  with  the  tribes 
west  of  them.  The  Apache  living  on  the  headwaters 
of  the  Gila  River  are  known  as  the  Chiricahua.  This 
tribe  really  consisted  of  four  almost  independent  bands, 
each  with  a  chief.  These  are  the  Indians  who  have 
made  the  name  of  Apache  so  widely  known.  They  had 
robbed  the  Mexican  settlements  for  many  years  before 
the  American  occupation.  When  later  they  were 
deprived  of  their  native  lands  and  placed  on  a  reserva- 
tion, they  fled  to  Mexico  where  they  lived  by  plundering 
on  either  side  of  the  international  boundary  line. 
Their  most  noted  chiefs  were  Mangas  Coloradas,  Whoa, 
Cochise,  and  Geronimo.  The  last  named  with  the  larger 
part  of  his  band  surrendered  to  General  Miles  in  1886. 
They  were  taken  with  their  families  as  prisoners  of  war 
to  Florida.  After  less  than  a  year  they  were  removed 
to  Alabama  and  finally  were  given  a  place  on  a  reserva- 
tion at  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma. 

The  name  San  Carlos  has  been  applied  to  the  Apache 
bands  gathered  on  a  reservation  of  that  name.  They 
formerly  lived  on  the  San  Carlos  River,  on  the  Gila 
River  near  the  mouth  of  San  Carlos,  on  Arivaipa 


142  .      INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

Creek  which  flows  into  the  San  Pedro,  a  southern 
tributary  of  the  Gila,  and  about  certain  springs  north 
and  west  of  the  town  of  Globe,  Arizona. 

On  White  River  and  others  of  the  upper  tributaries 
of  the  Salt  River,  were  a  number  of  bands  of  Apache 
quite  similar  in  all  respects  to  those  last  mentioned. 
These  have  often  been  called  the  Coyotero  because 
they  were  looked  upon  as  wild,  but  are  now  generally 
spoken  of  as  the  White  Mountain  Apache. 

The  Salt  River  receives  a  considerable  tributary  from 
the  north  called  Tonto  Creek.  Near  the  head  of  this 
stream  there  is  a  large  valley  known  as  Tonto  Basin. 
A  tribe  so  well  isolated  from  other  Apache  that  a  dia- 
lectic difference  in  language  was  developed  occupied 
this  valley.  They  were  closely  associated  with  the 
Yavapai  who  are  Yuman  in  their  speech.  These  two 
peoples  were  placed  on  the  San  Carlos  Reservation 
in  1875  where  they  remained  until  1905. 

The  Navajo,  called  by  the  Spanish  ''Apaches  de 
Navajo,"  occupy  nearly  all  the  region  between  the 
San  Juan  and  the  Little  Colorado  Rivers  and  roam  far 
beyond  that  territory  in  all  directions.  In  language 
they  are  not  very  different  from  the  Western  Apache, 
but  in  culture  they  are  fairly  distinct,  being  mainly  a 
pastoral  people.  Just  prior  to  the  American  occupation, 
they  were  almost  constantly  raiding  the  Mexican  settle- 
ments of  New  Mexico.  They  killed  then*  first  Indian 
agent  and  resisted  American  control.  A  large  number 
of  the  tribe  were  taken  prisoners  and  removed  to  Fort 
Sumner  on  the  Pecos  River  where  they  were  confined  for 
some  years. 

Yuman.  The  western  portion  of  Arizona  and  the 
lower  Colorado  River  Valley  are  occupied  by  tribes 
speaking  Yuman  languages.  The  Maricopa,  a  Yuman- 
speaking  people,  are  mentioned  above  as  living  with 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  143 

the  Pima.  They  are  believed  to  have  left  the  lower 
Colorado  not  many  generations  ago.  North  of  the 
Maricopa,  along  the  Rio  Verde  and  eastward  toward 
the  Tonto  Basin,  are  the  Yavapai,  often  called  the 
Mohave- Apache.  They  have  acquired  the  latter  name 
because  of  their  close  association  with  the  Apache,  to 
whom  their  relation  is  analogous  to  that  existing 
between  the  Maricopa  and  the  Pima.  In  Cataract 
Canyon,  a  branch  of  the  Grand  Canyon,  live  the  Hava- 
supai  during  the  summer.  They  are  in  friendly  rela- 
tions with  the  Hopi  and  in  trading  relations  with  the 
Navajo.  To  the  west  of  the  Havasupai  on  the  plateau 
south  of  the  Colorado  River  and  north  of  Bill  Williams 
Creek  are  the  Walapai. 

Between  the  Rio  Verde  and  the  Colorado,  west  of 
the  country  of  the  Yavapai,  formerly  lived  a  tribe 
popularly  called  Yuma  Apache,  for  whom  the  name 
Tulkepaia  is  also  known.  They  were  placed  on  the  San 
Carlos  Reservation  in  1875,  and  seem  to  have  become 
merged  with  the  Yavapai  with  whom  they  had  a  com- 
mon language. 


SHELTERS. 

These  nomadic  tribes  do  not  show  a  great  degree  of 
uniformity  either  in  their  material  culture  or  in  their 
religion.  We  shall  find  their  houses,  their  methods  of 
securing  food,  and  their  social  habits  changing  as  we 
pass  from  tribe  to  tribe. 

Both  of  the  eastern  bands  of  the  Apache,  the  Jicarilla 
and  the  Mescalero,  live  in  skin-covered  tipis  which 
differ  in  no  important  respect  from  those  used  by  the 
Plains  Indians.  The  Mescalero  sometimes  make  brush 
shelters  as  well,  and  perhaps  always  made  a  practice  of 
using  them  when  they  were  in  the  mountains.  When 


144 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


on  the  treeless  plains  nothing  was  so  desirable  as  an 
easily  portable  dwelling  of  skins  or  canvas. 

All  of  the  Apache  west  of  the  Rio  Grande  made 
houses  which  had  frames  of  poles,  covered  with  a  thatch 
of  weeds  or  grass.  The  prevailing  type  among  the 
San  Carlos  Apache  is  dome-shaped.  When  the  house 
is  small,  the  frame  is  made  by  setting  poles  a  few  inches 


San  Carlos  Apache  Women  Building  a  House. 


in  the  ground  in  a  circle,  bending  their  tops  over,  and 
lashing  them  together.  These  poles  are  held  in  the 
proper  curves  by  horizontal  ones  lashed  to  them. 
When  a  larger  house  is  needed,  poles  are  first  placed 
forming  a  series  of  arches  which  overlap  each  other 
and  together  complete  a  circle  except  for  the  doorway. 
These  arches  support  the  main  ribs  running  from  the 
ground  to  the  apex.  The  thatch,  which  is  usually 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS. 


145 


bear  grass,  is  applied  in  regular,  overlapping  courses 
and  is  bound  in  place  with  strips  of  yucca  leaves. 
The  White  Mountain  Apache  houses  frequently  have 
two  long  sloping  sides  meeting  in  a  line  above,  like  an 
ordinary  gable  roof.  In  recent  years,  corn  stalks  and 
the  limbs  of  trees  are  frequently  used  for  thatching 
with  the  additional  protection  of  a  strip  of  canvas. 


535&?tr  ~*  .    *"" 

White  Mountain  Apache  House. 


The  Tonto  Apache  and  the  Yuma  peoples  build 
houses  with  a  somewhat  conical  shape.  The  houses  of 
the  Havasupai  have  four  important  posts  coming  to  a 
peak  which  furnish  the  foundation.  Other  smaller 
poles  are  leaned  between  these  on  which  a  thatch  is 
applied.  Earth  is  piled  around  the  bottom  and  in  winter 
nearly  to  the  top  in  order  to  shed  the  rain.  The  door- 
way in  winter  faces  the  sunrise  at  that  season,  a  little 
south  of  west.  The  houses  of  the  Walapai  are  said  to 
be  less  substantial  than  those  of  the  Havasupai. 


146 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


The  Navajo  live  in  winter  in  earth-covered  lodges. 
The  house  has  for  its  chief  support  three  large  logs  with 
forked  tops.  These  are  locked  together  by  placing 
the  fork  of  one  in  the  fork  of  a  second,  and  thrusting 
the  fork  of  the  third  between  them.  Other  logs  and 
small  poles  are  laid  on  these  until  a  conical  house  is 
enclosed.  Brush  is  placed  in  the  larger  cracks  and 


Xavajo  House. 


earth  is  piled  on  to  a  depth  of  several  inches.  Such 
a  house  only  leaks  after  a  long,  hard  rain.  A  doorway 
is  made  on  the  east  side  and  between  the  doorway  and 
the  apex  a  large  hole  is  left  to  admit  light  and  air  and 
through  which  -the  smoke  may  escape.  Six-sided 
houses  are  also  built  of  logs  placed  horizontally.  By 
drawing  them  in  gradually  after  the  walls  have  been 
carried  to  a  proper  height,  the  roof  is  formed.  A 
smoke  hole  is  left  at  the  apex.  During  the  summer  the 
Navajo  generally  camp  with  only  a  shelter  of  brush  or  a 
stone  wall  to  protect  them  from  the  prevailing  winds. 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  147 

FOOD  SUPPLY. 

The  nomadic  tribes  had  a  large  territory  at  their  dis- 
posal. There  were  fertile  and  fairly  well-watered  river 
valleys  where  corn  and  beans  could  be  raised,  and  vast 
tracts  of  upland  covered,  if  sparsely,  with  a  varied 
vegetation.  Judging  from  the  number  of  cattle  and 
sheep  which  that  region  now  supports,  before  their 
introduction  there  must  have  been  sufficient  food  for 
many  deer,  antelope,  and  elk.  A  few  days'  travel  east 
from  the  Rio  Grande  were  the  buffalo  plains  with  a 
supply  of  meat  limited  only  by  the  means  of  trans- 
porting it. 

Corn  was  planted  by  all  the  tribes;  but  the  Eastern 
Apache,  the  Jicarilla  and  Mescalero,  depended  but 
little  upon  agriculture.  That  the  Navajo  formerly 
had  large  fields  was  stated  by  Benavides,  who  gave  that 
fact  as  the  explanation  of  their  name.  The  methods 
employed  seem  not  to  have  differed  particularly  from 
those  of  the  village  Indians.  The  corn  was  planted  in 
irregularly  spaced  bunches,  rather  than  in  rows. 
The  Navajo  cornfields  are  in  the  moist  valleys.  The 
White  Mountain  Apache  plant  their  fields  in  river  beds 
wherever  the  streams  have  left  a  fertile  flat.  Sometim.es 
the  water  is  turned  on  these  by  diverting  it  into  simple 
ditches  with  a  log  placed  in  the  edge  of  the  stream. 

The  Havasupai,  being  located  in  the  Cataract  Can- 
yon, have  exceptional  opportunities  for  agriculture. 
The  canyon  walls  broaden  out,  making  a  valley  nearly 
two  and  a  half  miles  long.  Over  this  valley  the  water 
of  the  creek  is  conducted  by  means  of  ditches  in  the 
sand  and  slight  dams  across  the  stream.  The  light  soil 
and  sudden  rises  in  the  stream  level  make  it  necessary 
frequently  to  renew  both  ditches  and  dams.  To  the 
fertile  soil  and  a  plentiful  water  supply  is  added  summer 
heat,  since  the  valley  is  a  half  mile  lower  than  the 


148  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

surrounding  plateau.  Peaches  and  figs  are  now  raised, 
besides  the  native  crops,  maize,  beans,  and  squash.  When 
the  crops  have  been  harvested,  they  are  dried  and 
stored  in  caves  and  small  storage  rooms. 

The  country  of  the  Walapai  is  unsuited  to  agricul- 
ture. There  are  only  scattered  spots  with  sufficient 
moisture  to  permit  the  raising  of  crops. 


Jicarilla  Woman  Gathering  Mescal. 


The  nomadic  people  make  extensive  use  of  the  wild 
vegetable  products.  The  pinon  produces  large  crops 
of  nuts  which  the  woodrats  gather.  It  is  only  necessary 
to  rob  their  nests  to  secure  an  abundant  supply.  The 
mesquite  grows  in  most  localities  and  furnishes  edible 
pods  when  they  are  green  and  later  bean-like  seeds 
which  are  pounded  into  flour.  The  amole,  Yucca 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  149 

baccata,  has  a  banana-shaped  fruit  which  is  cooked  in 
the  ashes,  and  may  then  be  dried  for  later  use.  The 
agave,  a  century  plant,  furnishes  a  large  bulk  of  nutri- 
tious food.  The  plants  are  watched  until  signs  of  the 
flowering  stalk  appear  when  they  are  seven  or  eight 
years  old.  The  entire  plant  is  severed  near  the  base  by 
means  of  a  chisel-shaped  stick  which  is  hammered  with 
a  stone.  The  plant  is  then  turned  top  down  and 
trimmed  with  a  broad  knife  of  native  manufacture. 
A  leaf  or  two  is  left  for  a  handle  by  which  the  stumps 
are  carried  to  a  large  deep  pit  used  year  after  year. 


Mescal  Knife.     San  Carlos  Apache. 

This  pit  is  thoroughly  heated  and  filled  with  stumps. 
A  covering  of  earth  is  thrown  over  them  and  a  fire 
maintained  on  top  for  a  day  or  more.  The  cooked 
material  is  dried  in  the  sun  and  packed  in  bales  for 
transportation  to  the  camp.  This  food,  while  coarse, 
is  not  unpalatable. 

There  are  many  species  of  cacti,  most  of  which  have 
edible  fruit.  The  giant  cactus,  which  grows  on  the 
lower  elevations,  because  of  its  great  size  yields  abun- 
dantly. The  fruit  is  pressed  into  large  balls  which  keep 
indefinitely.  These  contain  many  black  seeds  which 
are  separated  by  soaking  and  ground  for  flour.  There 


150  •     INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

are  many  berries,  seeds  of  grasses  and  sunflowers,  nuts, 
and  bulbs,  which  add  considerably  to  the  required 
food  supply. 

The  Eastern  Apache  made  regular  trips  to  the 
buffalo  plains,  at  the  time  of  the  year  when  the  buffalo 
were  driven  south  by  the  cold.  They  killed  a  large 
number,  dried  the  meat,  and  packed  it  in  bags,  or 
parfleches,  made  of  the  hides  of  the  animals  killed. 
These  were  tied  on  the  backs  of  horses  for  transportation. 

Men  went  out  singly  to  hunt  deer  and  antelope 
wearing  a  headdress  with  the  horns  of  the  animals  that 
they  might  approach  them  more  readily.  There  were 
communal  hunts  for  elk  particularly.  The  leader  of 
the  hunt  placed  the  men  at  the  points  that  commanded 
the  passageways  and  trails  and  the  animals  were 
driven  toward  them.  Corrals  were  also  used  into 
which  the  antelope  were  driven. 

The  Athapascan  tribes  never  eat  fish  or  waterfowl. 
The  taboo  is  explained  by  the  Indians  as  due  to  a  fear  of 
water  which  is  connected  with  the  thunder. 

The  Havasupai  move  to  the  plateau  above  their 
canyon  after  their  harvest  and  spend  the  fall  and  winter  in 
gathering  wild  foods  and  in  hunting  deer,  mountain- 
sheep,  and  formerly  antelope.  They  are  thus  furnished 
with  a  plentiful  supply  of  flesh  to  be  eaten  with  their 
corn.  The  surplus  skins  are  dressed  and  traded  to  other 
tribes. 

For  some  years  before  and  after  the  American 
occupation  of  the  region,  the  Western  Apache  and  the 
Navajo  lived  to  a  large  extent  on  the  cattle,  sheep, 
horse,  mules,  and  burros  they  were  able  to  drive  off 
from  the  settlements. 

Both  tribes  seem  to  have  undertaken  the  breeding 
of  horses  a  long  time  ago.  The  Apache  have  attempted 
cattle  raising  only  recently.  Their  burial  customs 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  151 

formerly  required  the  destruction  of  all  personal 
property  at  the  death  of  the  owner.  This  required  that 
his  herds  be  slaughtered.  Recently  the  Apache  herds 
have  increased  and  go  far  toward  supplying  the  neces- 
sary flesh  diet.  The  Navajo,  apparently  without  foreign 
instruction,  began  the  rearing  of  sheep  a  century  or  more 
ago.  Sheep  raising  has  become  an  important  industry 
and  has  worked  great  changes  in  their  culture.  It  has 
largely  superseded  hunting  and,  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent, agriculture. 


CLOTHING. 

The  Jicarilla  Apache  wore  buckskin  clothing  similar 
to  that  of  the  Plains.  The  Mescalero  and  the  Western 
Apache  women  had  dresses  in  two  parts.  The  upper 
garment  had  an  opening  for  the  head  and  two  large 
square  portions  which  fell  in  front  and  behind  to  the 
hips.  A  skirt  reached  from  the  waist  to  the  knees  and 
was  generously  provided  with  fringes  of  buckskin. 
Less  is  known  of  the  men's  clothing.  It  seems  to  have 
been  scanty,  except  on  festive  occasions  and  in  winter. 
A  shirt  and  leggings  were  probably  worn,  with  a  robe 
of  skins  for  winter. 

The  Navajo  men  sometimes  wore  shirts  and  trousers 
with  full  length  legs  of  buckskin.  These  were  variously 
colored  by  dyeing,  usually  green  or  red.  When  cloth 
became  more  easily  procurable,  white  cotton  trousers 
with  the  lower  part  of  the  legs  slit  on  the  outer  side 
were  adopted.  The  upper  garment  was  preferably  of 
velveteen  and  answered  the  purpose  of  both  shirt  and 
blouse.  A  handkerchief  or  colored  strip  of  cloth  is  worn 
about  the  head  to  confine  the  hair.  The  moccasins, 
which  are  colored  brown,  come  up  around  the  ankle 
where  they  are  fastened  by  a  silver  button.  The  robe, 


152 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


Mescalero  Girl  in  Native  Costume. 


until  recently,  was  the  woolen  blanket  manufactured 
by  the  Xavajo  women,  of  the  type  now  generally  called  a 
"chief." 

The  women  wore  a  dress  consisting  of  two  rec- 
tangular pieces  of  woolen  goods  sewed  up  the  sides  and 
part  away  across  one  end,  openings  being  left  for  the 
neck  and  arms.  The  decorations  of  these  dresses  were 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS. 


153 


Navajo  Man. 

(Photo  by  Howard  McCormick.) 


154  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

of  a  peculiar  sort,  restricted  to  the  two  ends  and  sym- 
metrically arranged.  Leggings  of  black  wool  were  worn 
and  buckskin  moccasins  over  these. 

Both  men  and  women  wear  much  silver  jewelry  of 
native  manufacture.  Necklaces  and1  belts  are  the 
most  elaborate,  but  the  bracelets  and  the  finger  rings 
set  with  turquoise  are  attractively  made. 

INDUSTRIAL  ARTS. 

Pottery.  All  the  nomadic  peoples  appear  originally 
to  have  made  crude  pottery.  The  Jicarilla  Apache  and 
the  Navajo  still  make  what  is  required  for  household 
purposes.  The  Jicarilla  in  former  days  were  rather 
noted  for  the  excellent  cooking  pots  which  they  made. 
Their  ware  was  seldom  painted,  the  decoration  con- 
sisting of  ridges  or  series  of  points  modeled  in  low  relief 
usually  near  the  top.  The  vessels  are  molded  in  a 
similar  manner  to  that  employed  by  the  pueblo  peoples, 
but  they  are  fired  with  pine  bark  which  gives  them  a 
lusterless  black  surface.  As  the  pots  cool  they  are 
coated  with  pinon  gum  wThich  is  said  to  prevent  their 
breaking. 

The  Navajo  make  vessels  similar  in  appearance. 
They  are  usually  cylindrical  in  shape  and  with  buck- 
skin stretched  over  them  are  used  for  drums  in  ceremonies. 

Basketry.  It  is  in  basketry  that  the  mechanical  and 
artistic  skill  of  the  nomadic  peoples  is  best  displayed. 
The  baskets  of  both  the  Jicarilla  and  the  Mescalero  are 
quite  different  from  those  made  by  the  Western  Apache, 
the  Yavapai,  and  the  Pima.  The  Jicarilla  baskets  are 
of  the  coiled  or  sewed  sort.  The  foundation  is  of  three, 
or  sometimes  five,  twigs  of  sumach  or  willow.  The 
sewing  material  is  made  from  similar  twigs  by  splitting 
them  into  three  parts  and  separating  the  sap  wood  from 
the  heart.  The  sap  portion,  which  is  that  used,  is 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS. 


155 


Jicarilla  Tray. 


trimmed  to  the  proper  size  and  that  required  for  designs 
is  dyed.  The  old  dyes  were  made  from  the  root  bark  of 
the  mountain  mahogany,  which  gives  a  red,  and  the  root 
of  the  barberry,  which  gives 
yellow.  At  the  present  time 
aniline  dyes  are  used  and  the 
colors  are  gaudy  and  varied. 
The  patterns  are  geomet- 
rical :  triangles,  rectangles, 
and  bands.  The  names  of 
these  designs  indicate  that 
they  represent  certain  nat- 
ural objects  such  as  moun- 
tains, houses,  plots  of  ground, 

trails,  and  gates.  It  is  seldom,  however,  that  they  are 
combined  in  such  a  way  as  to  make  a  connected  com- 
position. The  Jicarilla  at  the  present  time  make  almost 
no  use  of  baskets  except  for  \vater  jars.  These  are  made 
of  close  coiling  in  the  shape  of  a  jug.  The  inside  is 

coated  with  pifion  pitch  which 
has  had  its  consistency  re- 
duced by  boiling.  This  ren- 
ders the  vessel  water-tight 
and  also  provides  an  easily 
cleaned  surface.  The  outside 
is  kept  white  by  frequent 
applications  of  white  earth. 
Two  loops  of  leather  or  hair 
are  made  on  one  side  through 
which  the  carrying  strap 
passes. 

The  Mescalero  also  make  coiled  baskets,  but  since 
they  use  two  rods  placed  one  above  the  other  in  each 
coil  of  the  foundation,  the  baskets  have  wide  thin 
coils.  Above  the  rods  are  placed  two  or  more  strips  of 


San  Carlos  Apache  Tray. 


156  .       INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

leaves  to  serve  as  a  welt.  The  material  used  for  sewing 
is  chiefly  obtained  by  splitting  the  leaves  of  the  narrow- 
leaved  yucca.  These  are  used  green,  partly  bleached  to 
a  yellow,  or  entirely  bleached  to  white.  A  red  material 
is  obtained  from  the  root  of  the  yucca.  These  decorated 


Mescalero  Unfinished  Basket. 


baskets  are  made  principally  for  sale,  although  they  are 
used  to  some  extent  for  storage.  The  water  jars  are 
similar  in  shape  to  those  made  by  the  Jicarilla,  but 
they  are  frequently  pitched  on  the  outside  as  well  as 
inside.  Burden  or  carrying  baskets  are  still  in  common 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  157 

use.  They  are  made  by  varied  processes  of  twining 
which  produce  decorative  effects.  The  material  most 
desired  is  mulberry,  the  twigs  of  which  are  exceedingly 
durable.  In  most  cases  the  women  do  not  assign  such 
names  to  the  designs  as  would  lead  one  to  think  the 
patterns  are  intended  to  be  symbolic.  One  old  woman, 
however,  pointed  out  on  a  very  crude  basket  the  milky 


Jicarilla  and  San  Carlos  Apache  Baskets. 

way,  morning  star,  and  a  rainbow.  These  particular 
things  are  considered  very  sacred;  and  in  spite  of  the 
denials  of  many  of  the  women  it  is  probable  that  Mesca- 
lero  baskets  do  often  have  symbols  on  them  which  are 
expected  to  benefit  the  users  of  the  basket. 

The  Arizona  Apache  and  Yavapai  make  baskets 
in  black  and  white  almost  exclusively.  The  baskets  are 
made  on  a  three-rod,  coiled  foundation,  either  of  aroma- 
tic sumach  or  willow.  The  warp  or  sewing  material 


158  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

is  of  sumach,  willow,  or  cottonwood,  and  is  prepared  as 
has  been  described  above.  No  dyes  are  employed; 
but  for  black,  the  outer  portion  of  the  dried  pods  of  the 
martynia,  sometimes  called  devil's  claw,  is  used.  The 
patterns  are  continuous,  radiating  from  the  center  in 
zigzags  or  in  bands  encircling  the  basket.  The  designs 
are  often  geometrical  and  apparently  are  not  symbolic. 
There  are  many  baskets  with  zigzag  lines  which  usually 
have  names  referring  to  the  lightning.  It  is  probable 
that  considerable  feeling  and  importance  attach  to 
such  designs.  The  Yavapai  perhaps  produce  the  more 
beautiful  baskets,  frequently  depicting  men  and  animals 
conventionalized  to  meet  the  requirements  of  basket 
work.  Carrying  baskets  of  the  Western  Apache  are 
twined  and  are  made  of  the  same  materials  employed 
by  the  Mescalero.  In  twining,  two  rods  of  the  founda- 
tion are  enclosed  each  time  between  the  twists  of  the 
twining  strands.  Strips  and  fringes  of  buckskin  arc 
used  on  these  baskets  for  further  ornamentation.  They 
generally  make  their  water  jars  by  twining.  They  give 
them  a  coat  of  red  ochre  and  finely  pounded  juniper 
leaves  before  the  pinon  pitch  is  applied.  This  pitch  is 
first  reduced  in  consistency  by  boiling,  which  requires 
great  care  to  prevent  the  distilling  vapor  from  taking 
fire.  The  pitch  is  applied  to  both  the  interior  and  the 
outer  surface  of  the  vessels. 

The  baskets  of  the  Havasupai  and  Walapai  are 
similar,  but  are  less  skillfully  made  and  not  so  finely 
ornamented. 

Weaving.  It  is  not  known  that  any  of  the  camp- 
dwelling  peoples  raised  cotton  or  manufactured  cloth 
by  weaving  before  the  coming  of  the  Spanish. 

That  sheep  were  introduced  into  the  Southwest  in 
the  seventeenth  century  we  know,  for  certain  of  the  Rio 
Grande  villages  are  credited  with  flocks  of  sheep  at 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS. 


159 


the  time  of  the  rebellion  in  1680.  The  Navajo  were 
the  only  people  to  undertake  the  raising  of  sheep  on 
a  considerable  scale  and  turn  to  a  pastoral  life. 

When  blankets  are  fo  be  made  from  the  wool,  it 
is  sorted,  spread  out  on  a  sloping  stone,  and  then  washed 
by  pouring  hot  water  containing  an  extract  of  the  yucca 


Xavajo  Woman  Spinning. 


root  over  it.  The  carding  is  done  with  a  pair  of  ordi- 
nary European  hand  cards  and  there  is  no  evidence  of 
a  more  primitive  means  ever  having  been  employed. 
The  spindle,  however,  is  the  same  as  that  found  in  cliff 


160 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


Xavajo  Woman  Beating  Down  the  Woof  with  a  Batten  Stick. 


ruins.  It  consists  of  a  small  stick  at  the  base  of  which 
is  a  wooden  disk  to  give  momentum  and  facilitate^the 
winding  of  the  yarn. 

The  loom  is  a  simple  frame  in  which  the  warp  is 
placed  vertically.  The  weaving  is  done  beginning 
at  the  .bottom,  the  blanket  being  lowered  as  the  work 
progresses.  No  shuttle  is  used,  the  yarn  being  inserted 
with  the  fingers  or  by  the  aid  of  a  small  stick.  The 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  161 

woof  is  forced  down  by  pressure  with  a  fork  or  by  the 
blow  of  a  batten  stick.  The  weaving  is  peculiar  in  that 
the  woof  strands  of  a  particular  color  are  not  carried 
entirely  across  the  blanket,  but  only  as  far  as  that  color 
is  required  for  the  design.  They  are  then  dropped  and 
another  color  is  taken  up. 

In  plain  weaving  the  warp  is  divided  into  two 
divisions  or  sheds  by  attaching  alternate  threads  by 
means  of  loops  of  yarn  to  two  small  sticks.  The  sheds 


Navajo  Belt  Loom. 

or  sets  of  warp  strands  are  separated  by  pushing  down 
a  small  rod  and  twisting  the  batten  stick  and  crossed 
by  pulling  up  on  the  stick  to  which  the  loops  are  attached. 

Diagonal  weaving  is  done  by  making  three  instead  of 
two  sheds.  By  this  means  every  third  strand  of  the 
wrarp  can  be  lifted  and  a  raised  pattern  is  made  with  a 
slope  to  one  side  or  the  other.  By  reversing  the 
direction  of  this  slope,  diamonds  are  produced.  This 
style  of  weaving  is  used  particularly  in  saddle  blankets. 

Sashes  are  woven  on  a  similar  loom  which,  since  it  is 
small,  is  stretched  on  a  forked  stick  or  by  fastening  one 
end  to  a  tree  and  the  other  to  the  wraist  of  the  weaver. 


162  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

The  patterns  are  brought  out  by  causing  the  warp 
instead  of  the  woof  to  appear  in  the  desired  places. 

The  colors  employed  are  the  natural  white  and 
brown  of  the  well-washed  wool,  a  gray  which  results 
from  the  mingling  of  these,  and  various  native  and  com- 
mercial dyes.  Black  they  produced  by  combining  a 
concoction  of  sumach  (Rhus  aromatica),  roasted  ochre, 
and  pinon  gum.  Dull  red  was  obtained  by  placing  the 


Navajo  Chief  Blanket. 

yarn  in  a  liquid  made  by  boiling  the  bark  of  alder  and 
mountain  mahogany  in  water.  Lemon  yellow  was 
secured  by  the  use  of  the  yellow  flowers  of  the  shrubby 
Bigelovia  graveokns  and  a  native  alum.  Old  gold  re- 
sulted from  rubbing  into  the  wool  a  paste  made  of  sorrel 
roots  and  crude  alum  ground  together.  In  rather  early 
days  indigo  blue  was  obtained  from  the  Mexicans  and 
displaced  an  earlier  native  blue.  A  bright  scarlet  and  a 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS. 


163 


Navajo  Blanket.     Sage  Collection. 


164  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

rose  color  were  obtained  in  the  early  history  of  blanket- 
making  by  raveling  woolen  cloth  obtained  from  Euro- 
peans. Blankets  containing  such  material  are  called 
"bayeta"  from  the  Spanish  name  of  flannel  used  in  the 
soldiers'  uniforms.  There  were  a  few  years  during 
which  the  Navajo  frequently  bought  yarn  ready  spun 
and  dyed  from  the  traders.  These  blankets  are  usually 
called  Germantowns. 

The  earliest  examples  of  Navajo  weaving  often  have 
horizontal  stripes,  closely  resembling  the  blankets  made 
by  the  Hopi.  Later  many  geometrical  figures  appear, 
standing  alone,  or  combined  with  horizontal  and 
vertical  stripes  or  with  each  other.  The  general  arrange- 
ment is  usually  symmetrical,  but  both  the  completed 
pattern  and  the  individual  designs  lack  the  exactness  of 
machine  work. 

The  more  common  designs  are  squares,  parallelo- 
grams, diamonds,  and  triangles.  Diamonds  are  often 
formed  by  intersecting  diagonal  lines  which  run  across 
the  blanket,  half  diamonds  resulting  at  the  sides.  The 
outlines  of  the  figures  in  many  cases  are  broken  with 
right  angles,  that  is,  made  to  consist  of  a  se'ries  of  steps. 
These  designs  have  Navajo  names  descriptive  of  them, 
such  as  "sling"  for  the  elongated  diamond,  "three 
points"  for  the  triangle.  The  ordinary  diamond  is 
called  "star  large,"  by  which  the  morning  star  is  meant. 
This  and  the  zigzag  line  representing  lightning  and 
triangular  masses  called  clouds  have  more  or  less 
religious  connotation  and  may  be  symbolic  in  their 
intention. 

It  is  proper  to  suppose  that  the  Navajo,  who  formerly 
did  not  weave,  learned  the  art  from  their  Pueblo  neigh- 
bors who  are  known  to  have  practised  it  in  prehistoric 
times.  They  seem  to  have  taken  over  the  loom  and  the 
general  methods  of  preparing  the  yarn  and  weaving  it. 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  165 

The  practice  of  making  designs  in  colors  which  do  not 
cross  the  entire  width  of  the  blanket  seems  to  have 
originated  with  the  Navajo.  The  Hopi  robes  have 
stripes  running  entirely  across  them;  but  the  skirts  of 
the  women  and  the  shirts  of  the  men  have  the  designs 
added  by  embroidery  after  the  fabric  is  woven.  The 
method  employed  by  the  Navajo  of  making  the  design 
while  the  weaving  is  in  progress  is  similar  to  that  with 
which  they  were  familiar  in  basket  making.  It  is  then 
possible  that  the  designs  now  found  on  Navajo  blankets 
were  in  large  measure  adapted  from  basketry  designs. 
Unfortunately,  the  Navajo  at  the  present  time  make 
very  few  baskets,  so  that  a  comparison  between  the 
designs  on  blankets  and  baskets  is  hardly  feasible. 

Silverwork.  The  art  of  metal  working  is  certainly 
an  introduced  one  in  the  Southwest.  It  is  practised 
by  many  tribes  in  North  America,  usually  with  the 
softer  metals  like  German  silver.  The  Navajo,  how- 
ever, use  Mexican  silver  coins  and  have  become  very 
expert.  Most  of  the  work  is  done  by  pounding  the 
material  on  a  small  anvil  with  an  ordinary  steel  hammer. 
A  small  forge  with  bellows  is  used  to  soften  the  metal 
and  to  melt  it  when  it  is  necessary  to  make  casts  in 
molds.  The  hammered  pieces  are  decorated  by  stamp- 
ing designs  on  them  with  steel  dies  which  are  prepared 
by  the  Navajo  themselves. 

The  products  are  finger  rings  set  with  turquoise 
matrix,  bracelets,  large  oval  disks  for  leather  belts,  and 
neck  ornaments.  These  neck  ornaments  are  usually  a 
string  of  hollow  spherical  beads  and  a  pendant  con- 
sisting of  two  joined  crescents.  Between  the  beads 
are  often  placed  conventionalized  squash  blossoms. 

Beadwork.  The  Eastern  Apache  do  much  work  with 
glass  beads.  These  are  either  sewed  to  articles  of  leather 
and  buckskin,  such  as  purses,  tobacco  bags,  awl  cases, 


166  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

belts,  and  moccasins;  or  they  are  woven  in  a  belt  loom 
having  a  warp  and  woof  of  cotton  thread.  The  beads 
are  strung  on  the  woof  by  means  of  two  needles  which 
pass  a  double  thread  through  the  beads  and  on  either 
side  of  the  warp  strands.  The  designs  are  mostly  geo- 
metrical, similar  to  those  found  in  basket  work,  but 
realistic  ones  are  found  in  which  circular  saws,  bows  and 
arrows,  and  butterflies  are  represented. 

The  Eastern  Apache  paint  designs  on  rawhide  bags 
as  do  the  Plains  Indians.  They  have  the  envelope  type 
of  receptacle  known  as  the  parfleche.  The  Western 
Apache  use  instead  saddlebags  decorated  with  cut 
designs  and  streamers.  This  art  no  doubt  is  of  Spanish 
origin,  taken  over  with  the  horse  and  saddle. 


SOCIAL  ORGANIZATION. 

The  Eastern  Apache,  as  far  as  can  be  discovered, 
have  no  clans,  or  other  divisions  regulating  marriage. 
The  Western  Apache  and  the  Navajo  have  clans  which 
are  exogamous,  regulating  social  duties  and  relations 
and  especially  marriage.  The  explanation  of  the 
names,  which  are  geographical  ones,  is  that  in  mythical 
times  a  band  camped  for  a  time  at  a  place  where  a 
cottonwood  tree  stood  by  a  stream  or  where  some 
accident  befell  them  and  from  this  tree  or  circumstance, 
a  name  was  given  the  clan.  Were  one  to  trust  to 
these  myths  he  would  conclude  that  the  clans  represent 
former  geographical  or  political  groups.  This  does  not 
appear  to  be  true  for  the  Navajo.  The  clans  of  the 
White  Mountain  Apache  do  seem  to  be  somewhat 
localized.  Certain  clans  have  numerous  members  resid- 
ing in  the  western  portion  of  the  Apache  territory  and 
but  few  in  the  eastern  region.  The  region  which  in  the 
myth  gives  the  name  to  the  clan  is  in  some  instances 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  167 

definitely  localized  by  the  Apache  and  the  clan  is 
still  associated  with  that  region.  Carrizo  Creek  is 
named  in  Apache  Lokadigai,  with  reference  to  the  reeds 
which  grow  in  its  bed  and  which  are  also  responsible 
for  the  Spanish  name  Carrizo.  One  of  the  clans  is 
named  from  this  creek  Lokadigaihn  and  its  members 
are  more  numerous  in  this  valley  than  in  other  parts  of 
the  Apache  region.  Certain  political  bands  are  also 
associated  in  the  Apache  mind  with  definite  clans.  Since 
of  each  family  the  mother  and  children  belong  to  one 
clan  and  the  father  to  another,  there  can  never  be 
localization  or  division  into  political  groups  in  a  strict 
sense.  In  the  valley  of  Carrizo  Creek  the  members  of 
various  other  clans  are  more  numerous  than  are  those 
of  the  one  clan  which  is  associated  with  the  creek  by 
name. 

The  clans  of  the  Navajo  number  over  fifty  and  of 
the  Western  Apache  over  thirty.  Among  both  tribes 
the  clans  are  more  or  less  grouped  and  the  entire  group 
usually  is  exogamous  but  does  not  bear  a  distinctive 
name. 

SOCIAL  CUSTOMS. 

The  young  men  among  the  Navajo  and  Apache  in 
former  days  secured  their  brides  by  displaying  their 
ability  as  hunters.  The  man  came  to  the  lodge  of  his 
chosen  maiden  with  a  deer  which  he  placed  outside.  If 
her  family  were  willing  to  have  him  as  a  son-in-law,  the 
deer  was  taken  and  eaten.  The  young  man  lived  with 
his  father-in-law  for  some  time  and  hunted  for  the 
support  of  the  family.  A  strict  mother-in-law  taboo 
exists  among  the  nomadic  Athapascans  of  the  South- 
west. The  young  man  must  never  meet  his  mother-in- 
law  or  any  of  her  sisters  or  her  mother.  They  are 
never  permitted  to  be  in  the  same  room  together  or 


168  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

directly  to  address  one  another.  When  it  is  absolutely 
necessary  for  communication  to  take  place  between 
them,  one  shouts  from  a  distance  to  the  other  using 
the  third  person.  "Tell  him  to  come  and  eat,  his 
dinner  is  ready,"  his  mother-in-law  may  call,  and  leave 
her  lodge  while  the  young  man  comes  to  eat.  The 
penalty  for  the  infringement  of  this  taboo  is  believed 
to  be  blindness  inflicted  by  some  supernatural  power. 
The  Indians  assign  no  other  reason  for  the  existence  of 
this  restriction  and  probably  no  other  is  felt  than  that 
such  meetings  and  intercourse  are  improper. 

There  are  other  minor  restrictions  between  relations- 
in-law,  especially  in  regard  to  the  calling  of  their  personal 
names.  An  intimate  relation  implying  mutual  aid  exists 
between  a  man  and  his  brother's  son.  Cousins  whose 
fathers  are  brothers  treat  each  other  with  great 
familiarity,  often  indulging  in  insulting  remarks  which 
must  not  be  resented.  A  widow  about  to  remarry  is  at 
the  disposal  of  the  clan  of  her  deceased  husband  and  she 
usually  marries  one  of  his  brothers  or  near  relatives. 

The  adult  dead  are  buried  at  a  distance  from  the 
camping  places  and  the  graves  are  covered  with  stones 
and  brush.  The  personal  property  is  placed  by  the 
grave  and  a  horse  or  two  is  generally  killed  near  by. 
The  Jicarilla  used  to  cut  off  the  heads  of  the  horses  so 
sacrificed,  as  is  the  custom  among  some  of  the  Plains 
tribes.  Dead  infants  are  usually  suspended  in  trees 
wrapped  in  their  cradles.  The  reason  for  this  different 
treatment  of  children  is  not  known  but  the  custom  has 
been  noted  in  the  preceding  pages  as  a  prehistoric  one 
in  this  region.  Great  fear  is  shown  of  dead  bodies  and 
all  objects  associated  with  them.  The  Apache  burn 
the  houses  and  the  Navajo  desert  them  after  a  death 
has  occurred.  The  Yunian  peoples  seem  all  to  have 
practised  the  burning  of  the  dead.  The  Havasupai 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  169 

discontinued  the  cremation  for  burial  about  fifty  years 
ago.  The  Walapai  make  annual  offerings  to  the  dead 
of  a  particular  year  by  a  community  burning  of  food 
and  clothing. 

POLITICAL  ORGANIZATION. 

The  government  of  the  nomadic  tribes  is  much  less 
formal  than  that  of  the  sedentary  peoples.  The 
Jicarilla  now  have  a  chief  elected  from  each  of  the  two 
bands.  One  of  these  is  recognized  by  the  Agency 
officials  and  by  the  Indians  themselves  as  tribal  chief. 
In  earlier  times  the  two  divisions  appear  to  have  been 
politically  independent,  each  having  chiefs  of  coordi- 
nate rank.  Both  wrar  and  hunting  parties  were  under 
the  control  of  a  head  man  who  directed  them.  While 
it  is  probable  that  the  same  individual  frequently 
acted  in  this  capacity  it  is  not  certain  that  the  office 
of  war  chief  was  definitely  bestowed. 

The  other  Apache  and  the  Navajo  are  divided  into 
many  small  bands  each  with  its  chief  \vho  holds  office 
for  life  and  who  is  frequently  succeeded  by  his  son  if 
he  proves  himself  efficient.  The  office  seems  to  have 
been  bestowed  by  common  consent.  One  of  the 
main  duties  of  the  chief  is  to  address  his  people  each 
morning  about  da\vn,  keeping  them  informed  as  to 
things  that  have  happened  and  of  events  of  community 
interest  about  to  occur. 

The  Navajo  and  the  Apache  bands  united  in  com- 
mon action  against  other  tribes  and  against  the  Mexi- 
cans and  Americans  under  the  leadership  of  such  men 
as  had  proved  themselves  capable  leaders.  As  examples 
may  be  mentioned  Geronimo  who  led  several  bands  of 
the  Apache  for  a  number  of  years,  and  Manuelito 
among  the  Navajo  wrho  led  them  in  their  fight  against 
the  Americans. 


170  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

GAMES. 

The  Apache  and  Navajo  have  several  games  which 
are  played  partly  for  amusement  but  largely  in  the 
hope  of  gain.  As  elsewhere  in  North  America,  these 
games  have  a  semi-religious  character.  There  is  a 
myth  which  explains  their  origin,  and  songs  and  prayers 
to  bring  about  success  in  playing.  The  game  to  which 
most  dignity  is  attached  is  the  hoop  and  pole  game. 
The  implements  employed  are  a  hoop  with  incised 
bands  and  a  string  stretched  along  the  diameter  in 


Hoop  and  Pole  Game.     Apache. 

which  many  knots  are  tied,  and  two  long  poles,  the 
larger  ends  of  which  have  a  number  of  incised  rings. 
To  play  it  two  men  stand  side  by  side  at  one  end  of  a 
level  stretch  of  ground.  One  rolls  the  hoop  down  this 
stretch  and  both  throw  the  poles  after  it.  If  the  hoop 
falls  on  the  butt  of  one  of  the  poles  a  count  is  made 
according  to  the  knots  of  the  string  or  the  incised  rings 
which  happen  to  be  in  contact  with  the  rings  cut  into 
the  pole.  The  incised  rings  are  named  for  the  lightning 
and  the  hoop  represents  a  snake.  Women  are  never 
allowed  to  witness  the  playing  of  this  game. 

A  guessing  game  is  played  by  a  number  of  players 
divided  into  two  parties.  A  man  representing  one  of 
these  parties  hides  a  ball  in  one  of  several  piles  of  sand 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  171 

or  in  a  moccasin.     The  other  party  must  guess  its 
location. 

The  women  play  a  game  with  three  split  staves 
which  are  dropped  vertically  on  a  stone.  There  are 
several  counts  according  to  the  position  in  which  they 
fall.  If  the  split  side  of  all  three  sticks  is  up,  the  count  is 
five,  but  if  the  rounded  side  of  all  three  is  up,  the 
count  is  ten.  The  score  of  the  game  is  kept  by  moving  a 
stick  for  each  player  around  a  circle  marked  by  forty 
small  stones.  There  are  openings  at  four  points, 
called  rivers.  If  the  stick  of  a  player  falls  into  a  river 
she  must  return  it  to  the  beginning  place  again.  A 
similar  game  is  played  by  the  men. 


RELIGION. 

Ceremonies.  The  religious  practices  of  the  nomadic 
peoples  have  much  in  common  with  those  of  the 
Pueblos.  They  make  sand  or  dry  paintings,  those  of 
the  Navajo  being  very  numerous  and  very  elaborate. 
Masked  or  otherwise  distinguished  individuals  repre- 
sent divine  persons  in  the  ceremonies.  Pollen  is 
strewed  and  is  the  regular  accompaniment  of  prayers. 
The  Navajo  make  use  of  prayer  offerings  and  also  have 
fetishes  which  are  used  both  in  hunting  and  in  the  care 
of  their  flocks  and  herds.  The  Apache  make  much  use 
of  sacred  beads  and  feathers  which  are  worn  about  the 
person,  on  the  wrists,  or  as  a  bandolier  across  the  breast. 

A  ceremony  held  for  girls  when  they  attain  woman- 
hood is  considered  of  prime  importance  among  the 
Apache  tribes  and  has  been  maintained  while  other 
ceremonies  have  fallen  into  neglect.  The  essential 
features  of  this  ceremony  are  numerous  songs  and 
prayers  uttered  by  the  priest  hired  for  the  occasion, 
dancing  by  the  girl  or  girls  for  whom  it  is  held,  a  foot- 


172  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

race  by  the  girl,  and  the  painting  of  the  girl  and  of  the 
spectators,  who  expect  good  fortune  as  a  result. 

The  Jicarilla  ceremony  is  peculiar  in  that  a  boy  is 
associated  with  a  girl  in  the  ceremony.  He  is  called 
Naiyenezgani  and  the  girl  Esdzanadlehi.  These  names 
are  those  of  the  culture  hero  and  his  grandmother,  but 
they  are  undoubtedly  associated  also  with  the  sun  and 
the  moon. 

The  Apache  of  Arizona  hold  ceremonies  of  varying 
degrees  of  elaboration.  Every  girl  on  reaching  maturity 
is  secluded  and  subject  to  certain  restrictions,  especially 
in  regard  to  touching  her  lips  to  water  and  scratching 
her  person  with  her  nails. 

For  most  girls  a  morning  ceremony  is  held.  A 
priest  or  professional  singer  is  employed  who  with  his 
helpers  forms  a  chorus.  About  dawn  this  chorus  stands 
in  a  line  facing  the  east  and  the  girl  takes  her  place  in 
front  of  it.  Many  songs  are  sung  of  the  creation  of  the 
world  and  the  first  adolescence  ceremony.  The  girl 
dances;  first  standing,  and  then  on  her  knees.  Later, 
she  lies  prone  while  a  matron  kneads  and  pulls  her  into 
comely  proportions.  The  assembled  spectators  sprinkle 
the  girl  with  pollen  and  ask  that  she  may  have  a 
fortunate  life.  The  girl  runs  certain  races  after  which 
her  family  serve  a  feast. 

Frequently  a  second  ceremony  is  held  at  night. 
Four  poles  properly  marked  with  symbols  are  set  up  to 
form  a  pyramid  which  is  conceived  as  a  lodge.  Within 
this  structure  at  night  a  long  series  of  songs  are  sung  by 
a  chorus  seated  by  a  small  fire.  The  girl  with  one  of  her 
associates  and  two  boys  of  similar  age  stand  and  dance 
with  their  faces  toward  the  east.  Especial  songs  are 
sung  at  dawn.  During  the  morning,  first  the  girl  and 
then  the  spectators  are  painted  with  white  earth. 


The  Apache  Ceremony  for  an  Adolescent  Girl. 

Above:    the  Morning  Ceremony. 

Below :    the  Dancing  Cans.     Ash  Creek,  Arizona. 


173 


174 


INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 


Frequently  a  priest  is  hired  who  presents  four  men 
dressed  to  represent  gods  called  Gans.  A  fifth  man  acts 
as  a  clown.  These  gods  appear  at  twilight  and  return 
at  intervals  during  the  evening  and  early  morning. 
They  enter  in  a  processional  and  then  dance  about  a 
large  fire.  They  go  through  certain  conventional 
steps  and  movements  and  present  a  most  impressive 
and  weird  spectacle  with  the  play  of  the  firelight  on 


Jicarilla  Relav  Race. 


their  blackened  bodies  and  decorated  headdresses. 
These  gods  return  in  the  morning  and  assist  in  the 
painting  ceremony  described  above. 

These  ceremonies  on  the  whole  have  a  festive  as 
well  as  a  religious  character.  The  purposes  may  be 
considered  to  be  in  part  the  bringing  to  the  notice  of 
suitors  and  others  that  the  girl  is  now  marriageable 
and  to  insure  for  her  a  long  and  happy  life. 

The  Jicarilla  have  an  annual  festival  which  resembles 
very  closely  that  held  at  Taos.  The  entire  tribe  camps 
near  a  large  lake  in  the  southwestern  corner  of  their 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  175 

reservation.  The  two  bands,  the  Llanero  and  the  Ollero, 
pitch  their  tipis  on  opposite  sides.  On  the  day  pre- 
ceding the  public  festival,  the  young  men  of  each  band 
accompanied  by  the  older  men  go  some  distance  from 
the  camp  and  hold  a  preliminary  race  by  which  those 
who  are  to  run  in  the  final  race  are  chosen.  Two 
booths  are  constructed,  one  at  either  end  of  the  race 
course.  From  these  the  two  bands  issue  in  irregular 
bunches  surrounding  a  drum.  The  dancers  have 
cottonwood  branches  in  their  hands  and  are  led  by  a 
man  carrying  a  standard  from  which  flies  a  cotton  cloth 
and  on  the  top  of  which  are  two  ears  of  corn.  The 
two  bands  of  dancers  approach  each  other  and  pass, 
each  going  to  the  goal  of  the  other.  During  the  night 
and  the  early  morning,  ceremonies  are  held  in  the 
booths,  a  sand  painting  is  made,  the  racers  are  painted, 
and  prayers  are  said  for  them  by  priests.  About  noon 
the  relay  race  takes  place,  practically  under  the  same 
conditions  and  in  the  same  manner  as  has  already  been 
described  for  Taos. 

The  Jicarilla  have  a  healing  ceremony  held  at  the 
request  of  someone  who  is  ill.  A  large  place  is  en- 
closed by  a  brush  fence.  At  one  end  of  this  a  tipi  is 
fixed  or  a  booth  is  made.  Within  this  a  sand  painting 
is  drawn  representing  many  animals.  A  buffalo  skin 
is  stretched  over  a  pit  and  beaten  like  a  drum,  the 
moccasins  of  the  patient  being  used  for  drumsticks. 
The  shoulder  blade  of  a  deer  or  antelope  is  rubbed  over 
a  notched  stick  producing  considerable  noise.  Rattles 
are  also  used  as  an  accompaniment  to  loud  singing. 
This  singing  and  noise  are  intended  to  scare  away  the 
evil  influence  which  has  resulted  from  the  patient's 
having  crossed  the  tracks  of  a  bear  or  rattlesnake. 
Within  the  brush  enclosure  a  dance  is  held  at  night. 
Men  painted  in  two  styles  and  decorated  with  fir 


176  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

boughs  come  in  and  perform  many  seeming  miracles 
such  as  making  corn  increase  in  a  pot,  and  taking 
rabbits  from  a  seemingly  empty  vessel.  These  two 
sets  of  dancers  probably  correspond  to  the  Cuirana 
and  the  Koshare  of  the  Rio  Grande  Pueblos.  The 
Ute  holds  a  ceremony  similar  to  this  each  spring  known 
as  the  bear  dance. 

The  Navajo  have  developed  many  elaborate  cere- 
monies each  of  which  is  under  the  control  of  a  school  of 
priests,  the  numbers  of  which  are  maintained  by  those 
who  apply  for  initiation  and  training.  These  cere- 
monies for  the  most  part  are  held  at  the  request  and 
expense  of  some  individual  who  is  ill  or  indisposed. 

A  special  conical  lodge  of  logs  covered  with  earth  is 
built  in  which  the  ceremony  is  carried  on.  All  the 
ceremonies  seem  to  be  alike  in  certain  particulars  such 
as  the  use  of  a  sweatbath,  the  making  of  many  sand 
paintings,  and  the  singing  of  a  great  number  of  songs. 
At  some  point  in  the  ceremony,  masked  men  enter  in  a 
procession  representing  the  more  important  gods  of  the 
Navajo.  Prayer  offerings  are  made  of  sections  of 
reeds  filled  with  tobacco.  They  are  painted  with  the 
colors  and  are  deposited  in  the  particular  situations 
prescribed  for  the  deity  for  which  they  are  prepared. 

On  the  last  night  a  public  performance  is  held  which 
is  largely  attended.  Besides  the  masked  dancers 
representing  the  gods,  clowns  appear  who  play  tricks 
on  each  other  and  often  act  in  a  very  obscene  manner. 

The  songs  and  prayers  are  beautiful  in  their  imagery 
and  have  many  references  to  natural  elements  to  which 
sex  is  attributed.  Varying  positions  and  movements 
are  indicated  in  an  established  order.  The  number 
four  prevails  in  the  prayers  and  songs  themselves,  and 
they  are  generally  repeated  four  times  with  minor 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  177 

variations.      The   following   prayer   recorded   by   Dr. 
Matthews  belongs  to  the  Night  Chant. 

Tsegihi. 

House  made  of  the  dawn. 

House  made  of  evening  light. 

House  made  of  the  dark  cloud. 

House  made  of  male  rain. 

House  made  of  dark  mist. 

House  made  of  female  rain. 

House  made  of  pollen. 

House  made  of  grasshoppers. 

Dark  cloud  is  at  the  door. 

The  trail  of  it  is  dark  cloud. 

The  zigzag  lightning  stands  high  up  on  it. 

Male  deity! 

Your  offering  I  make. 

I  have  prepared  a  smoke  for  you. 

Restore  my  feet  for  me. 

Restore  my  legs  for  me. 

Restore  my  body  for  me. 

Restore  my  mind  for  me. 

Restore  my  voice  for  me. 

Happily  may  I  walk. 

Happily  with  abundant  dark  clouds,  may  1  walk. 

Happily  with  abundant  showers,  may  I  walk. 

Happily  with  abundant  plants^  may  I  walk. 

Happily  may  I  walk. 

Being  as  it  used  to  be  long  ago,  may  I  walk. 
May  it  be  happy  (or  beautiful)  before  me. 
May  it  be  beautiful  behind  me. 
May  it  be  beautiful  below  me. 
May  it  be  beautiful  above  me. 
May  it  be  beautiful  all  around  me. 
In  beauty  it  is  finished. 
In  beauty  it  is  finished. 

Beliefs.  While  the  ceremonies  of  the  Athapascan 
tribes  of  the  Southwest  present  considerable  specializa- 
tion and  variety,  the  deities  reverenced  and  the  myths 


178  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

related  about  them  are  in  the  main  identical.  The  sun 
is  probably  credited  with  the  greatest  amount  of  power 
and  is  most  frequently  referred  to  hi  song  and  addressed 
in  prayer.  Among  the  Jicarilla,  at  least,  the  earth  is 
also  an  object  of  worship.  The  Mescalero  songs  give 
the  moon  a  place  second  only  to  that  of  the  sun.  The 
winds  are  with  them  objects  of  worship  as  they  are  also 
with  the  Western  Apache  and  the  Navajo.  The 
thunder  is  everywhere  feared  and  looked  upon  as  a 
mighty  power  seldom  to  be  mentioned.  Clouds  and 
rain,  however,  have  a  place  of  much  less  importance 
than  with  the  village  people.  There  are  sacred  moun- 
tains and  rivers  but  these  are  of  necessity  different  for 
the  different  tribes. 

One  of  the  more  personal  gods,  Esdzanadlehi,  was 
the  sole  survivor  of  a  flood  or,  according  to  some,  the 
ravages  of  monsters.  She  is  probably  to  be  identified 
with  the  Hopi  goddess  of  hard  substances.  Nalyenez- 
gani,  the  culture  hero,  her  grandson,  destroyed  the 
monsters  and  made  the  world  safe  for  human  habitation. 
By  some  he  is  said  to  have  a  brother  who  is,  however, 
quite  secondary  in  importance.  The  Navajo  have  a 
series  of  gods  who  intervene  in  human  affairs  from 
time  to  time.  They  are  believed  to  dwell  in  the  ruins 
of  Canyon  de  Chelly  and  in  remote  places.  They  are 
represented  in  the  dances  by  masked  and  painted  men 
and  receive  offerings  and  are  frequently  invoked. 
There  are  also  gods  of  the  water  courses  and  streams. 
The  Jicarilla  and  the  Western  Apache  know  similar 
gods,  in  several  cases  even  using  the  same  personal 
names  for  them.  The  Apache  more  generally  use  for 
these  gods  a  generic  name,  Gan,  and  individualize  them 
by  the  use  of  a  color  adjective,  such  as  Black  Gan. 
They  are  analogous  to  the  Kachinas  of  the  pueblo 
peoples. 


THE  CAMP  DWELLERS.  179 

The  dead  are  supposed  to  go  to  the  lower  world 
through  the  opening  by  means  of  which  the  people 
originally  came  forth. 

The  Indians  of  the  Southwest  have  many  myths  and 
tales,  which  they  relate  particularly  during  the  winter. 
Very  many  of  these  myths  explain  the  origin  of  the 
world.  While  these  vary  in  details,  according  to  the 
tribe  and  the  individual  who  tells  them,  they  agree  as 
to  the  general  facts.  The  Athapascan-speaking  people 
tell  of  a  time  before  the  world  existed  when  Spider, 
Mirage,  Whirlwind,  and  Black  Obsidian  lived  suspended 
in  space.  Obsidian  rubbed  his  side  and  from  the  re- 
moved cuticle  produced  the  earth.  They  then  lifted 
up  the  sky  and  supported  it  at  each  of  the  four  corners 
with  a  core  of  obsidian  inside  a  whirlwind.  People  and 
animals  came  to  exist  within  the  world  in  an  unexplained 
manner.  They  were  threatened  with  a  flood  and 
escaped  by  means  of  reeds  or  a  ladder  through  an 
opening  in  the  sky  of  the  lower  world,  the  crust  of  this. 
They  were  all  destroyed  by  monsters  except  a  girl 
Esdzanadlehi.  The  water  pitying  her  lonely  condi- 
tion became  the  father  of  a  daughter  who  in  turn  by 
the  rays  of  the  rising  sun  became  the  mother  of  Naiye- 
nezgani.  This  boy  visited  the  sun,  his  father,  withstood 
severe  tests  as  to  his  sonship,  and  secured  weapons 
and  the  promise  of  aid.  With  these  weapons  he  killed  a 
giant,  a  monster  elk  or  antelope,  a  great  eagle,  and  many 
other  evil  things.  When  this  work  was  completed 
and  the  world  was  repeopled  by  the  creation  of  men 
and  women  from  ears  of  corn,  Esdzanadlehi  went  to 
the  western  ocean,  where  she  is  now  living  in  a  floating 
palace  of  shell.  According  to  the  Navajo,  Naiyenez- 
gani  lives  with  his  brother  near  the  mouth  of  the  San 
Juan  River. 


180  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST.' 

Later,  a  man  who  was  considered  worthless  because 
he  gambled  away  all  his  property,  went  down  a  river 
in  a  hollow  log,  conducted  by  the  gods.  He  landed  at  a 
favorable  place  and  prepared  a  farm  for  which  his  pet 
turkey  furnished  the  seed.  He  found  his  way  to  the 
home  of  a  man  who  had  all  game  animals  domesticated. 
He  married  this  man's  daughter  who  received  these 
animals  as  her  marriage  portion.  Thus  was  food 
supplied  for  mankind. 

According  to  the  myths,  the  various  ceremonies  of 
the  Navajo  were  taught  to  some  Indian  who  by  acci- 
dent or  at  the  direction  of  the  gods  went  to  a  ruin  or 
other  dwelling  place  of  the  supernatural  beings  and 
learned  there  the  songs,  prayers,  and  rites. 

A  long  myth  explains  the  origin  of  the  Navajo 
people  and  their  clans.  The  nucleus  was  created  by 
Esdzanadlehi  in  her  western  home.  As  they  journeyed 
eastward  they  met  various  parties  who  joined  them 
and  who  were  given  names  according  to  the  attendant 
circumstances  of  their  meeting.  Other  myths  explain 
the  origin  of  fire,  and  of  night  and  day.  There  are 
many  animal  tales,  a  large  number  of  them  being 
associated  with  coyote  who  is  now  represented  as  being 
exceedingly  keen  of  wit  and  again  as  very  stupid. 
These  myths  and  stories  told  to  considerable  companies 
during  the  evenings  of  winter  are  sources  both  of 
amusement  and  of  instruction. 


CHAPTER  V. 
^  CONCLUSION. 

The  civilization  existing  in  the  Southwest  which  is 
described  in  the  preceding  pages  has  resulted  in  part 
from  slow  internal  growth  and  in  part  from  borrowings 
and  suggestions  received  from  neighboring  cultures. 
The  earliest  archaeological  evidence  shows  us  a  people, 
the  Basket  Makers,  already  possessing  agriculture  in 
the  matter  of  maize  and  squash,  but  they  do  not  appear 
to  have  had  beans  or  cotton.  However,  until  we  know 
whether  this  prehistoric  people  and  their  culture 
occupied  the  whole  of  the  Southwest  or  only  the  Colo- 
rado-San Juan  region,  we  are  not  justified  in  assuming 
that  they  are  the  beginning  point  of  our  Southwestern 
studies.  If  they  are  proved  to  underlie  the  \vhole  of  the 
Southwest  we  are  dealing  with  a  Great  Basin,  Cali- 
fornia-like culture. 

On  the  other  hand,  should  they  be  found  only  in 
the  north  we  must  begin  with  the  people  whose  culture 
is  characterized  by  houses  with  low  walls  of  upright 
slabs  and  a  less  permanent  roof,  a  people  who  raised 
beans  and  cotton  as  well  as  maize,  and  who  knew  the  art 
of  pottery-making.  These  and  other  traits  would  mark 
them  as  having  a  culture  rather  distinct  from  all  their 
neighbors  except  those  of  the  south.  But  whether  we 
start  with  a  culture  like  that  of  the  Great  Basin,  or  one 
that  is  independent,  we  must  believe  certain  very  im- 
portant elements  such  as  agriculture,  pottery,  weaving 
on  a  proper  loom,  the  wearing  of  sandals,  and  probably 
many  phases  of  ceremonial  and  religious  life  came  to 
them  from  the  south  since  they  are  common  posses- 
sions of  the  pre-Spanish  peoples  of  Mexico,  Central 
America,  and  western  South  America.  The  point  at 

181 


182  INDIANS  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST. 

issue  is  rather  the  time  at  which  their  influence  was 
exerted  and  the  type  of  culture  on  which  this  southern 
culture  was  grafted. 

We  now  know  that  the  architecture  of  the  South- 
west, the  honey-comb-like  community  houses,  often 
terraced,  developed  in  the  Southwest  with  little  or  no 
outside  stimulus.  The  decoration  of  the  pottery  is  also 
a  native  growth.  It  is  possible  to  trace  its  development 


Petroglyphs.    San  Juan  Valley. 

(Courtesy  of  Dr.  Prudden.) 

from  a  beginning  of  crude  black  designs  on  a  white  back- 
ground to  the  highly  ornamented  and  locally  differen- 
tiated decorations  of  the  beginning  of  the  Spanish 
period.  Much  of  the  elaborate  social,  political,  and 
ceremonial  organizations  of  the  present  must  have 
grown  up  with  the  concentration  of  the  population  into 
large  community  houses. 

The  pueblo-dwelling  peoples  of  the  Rio  Grande 
region  have  been  subjected  to  constant  influence  from 
the  tribes  of  the  Plains.  They  not  only  received  many 
articles  used  for  food  and  clothing  by  trade  with  these 


CONCLUSION.  183 

Plains  tribes,  but  they  themselves  periodically  became 
nomads  and  hunted  the  buffalo  for  themselves.  The 
pre-Spanish  inhabitants  of  the  San  Juan  region  and  the 
present-day  village  and  camp-dwelling  peoples  have  a 
basketry  art  which  appears  to  be  either  a  borrowing 
from,  or  early  participation  in,  the  culture  of  California 
and  the  Great  Basin. 

The  Pima  and  the  Papago  may  represent  a  southern 
variety  of  the  culture  which  existed  in  the  Southwest 
before  the  development  of  elaborate  architecture  and 
highly  specialized  and  decorated  pottery.  It  may  be, 
however,  that  the  Pima  in  particular  built  great  houses 
and  developed  a  wonderful  irrigation  system  on  the 
Salt  River,  and  then,  for  some  reason,  reverted  to  the 
use  of  individual  family  houses.  With  less  plausibility, 
the  same  conjectures  may  be  made  for  the  Athapascan- 
speaking  people.  It  seems  more  probable  in  their  cas'e 
that  they  came  into  the  Southwest  from  the  north,  but 
that  their  invasion  was  not  very  recent. 

There  still  remain  many  unanswered  questions  con- 
cerning this  most  interesting  region.  Some  of  these  will 
undoubtedly  be  answered  when  the  studies  of  the 
archaeologist  have  covered  the  whole  region  and  have 
pushed  further  back  into  the  past.  It  is  hoped  that  de- 
tailed statistical  studies  of  the  living  people  and  of  the 
abundant  skeletal  remains  may  tell  at  least  part  of  the 
story  of  the  movements  and  mingling  of  the  tribes  in 
the  past. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Bandelier,  A.  F.  Ethnology  and  Archaeology.  Papers  of  the  Archaeo- 
logical Institute  of  America,  American 
Series,  1,  3,  4,  and  5. 

Bourke,  John  G.    The  Snake-Dance  of  the  Moquis  of  Arizona.    New 

York,  1884. 

Gushing,   Frank  Hamilton.     Zuiii.     Second  and  Thirteenth  Annual 

Reports,  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

Dorsey,  G.  A.,  and  Voth,  H.  R.     Hopi.     Publications  of  the  Field 

Columbian  Museum,  Anthropological 
Series,  Vol.  3. 

Fewkes,  J.  Walter.     Archaeology  and  Hopi  Ceremonies.     Fifteenth, 

Seventeenth,  and  Twenty-second  An- 
nual Reports,  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology;  Bulletins,  Forty <>ne  and 
Fifty-one,  Bureau  of  American  Eth- 
nology ;  Journal  of  American  Ethnology 
and  Archaeology,  Vols.  2  and  4. 

Hewett,  Edgar  L.     Jemez  Plateau.     Bulletin  32,  Bureau  of  American 

Ethnology. 

Hodge,  F.  W.  Ethnology  and  Archaeology.  American  Anthropolo- 
gist, Vol.  6,  No.  3,  and  Vol.  9,  No.  8. 

Holmes,    William   H.     Archaeology.     Tenth   Annual   Report   of   the 

United  States  Geological  and  Geo- 
graphical Survey. 

Jackson,   William   H.     Archaeology.     Tenth   Annual   Report  of  the 

United  States  Geological  and  Geo- 
graphical Survey. 

Kidder,  A.  V.    Archaeology.    Memoirs  of  the  American  Anthropological 

Association,  Vol.  2. 

Kidder,  A.  V.,  and  Guernsey,  S.  J.    Archaeology.    Bulletin  65,  Bureau  of 

American  Ethnology. 

Kissell,  Man-  Lois.    Basketry.    Anthropological  Papers  of  the  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History,  Vol.  17. 

Kroeber,  A.  L.    Social  Organization.    Anthropological  Papers,  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History,  Vol.  18. 

Kroeber,  A.  L.    Mohave.    American  Anthropologist,  N.  S.,  Vol.  4,  No.  2. 

Lloyd,  J.  Wm.     Mythology  of  the  Pima.      Awawtam,  Indian  Nights. 

Westfield,  N.  J.     1911. 

Mason,  J.  Alden.     Ceremonies.     American  Anthropologist,   Vol.  22, 

No.  1. 

184 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  185 

Matthews,  Dr.  Washington.  Navajo.  Memoirs,  American  Museum  of 

Natural  History,  Vol.  6. 

Mindeleff,  Cosmos.  Navajo  and  Archaeology.  Thirteenth,  Sixteenth, 

and  Seventeenth  Annual  Reports, 
Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

Mindeleff,  Victor.  Tusayan  and  Cibola.  Eighth  Annual  Report, 

Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

Nelson,  N.  C.  Archaeology.  Anthropological  Papers,  American  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  Vol.  15. 

Nordenskiold,  G.  The  Cliff  Dwellers  of  Mesa  Verde,  Southwestern 

Colorado;  their  pottery  and  imple- 
ments. Translated  by  D.  Lloyd 
Morgan,  Stockholm,  1893. 

Parsons,  Elsie  Clews.  Ceremonies.  Memoirs  of  the  American  Anthro- 
pological Association,  Vol.  4. 

Prudden,  Dr.  T.  Mitchell.  Archaeology.  American  Anthropologist, 

N.  S.,  Vol.  5,  No.  2. 

Russell,  Frank.  Pima.  Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report,  Bureau  of 

American  Ethnology. 

Spier,  Leslie.  Archaeology.  Anthropological  Papers,  American  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  Vol.  18. 

Stevenson,  Matilda  C.  Sia  and  Zufti.  Eleventh  and  Twenty-third 

Annual  Reports,  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology. 

Voth,  H.  R.  Hopi.  Publications  of  the  Field  Columbian  Museum, 

Anthropological  Series,  Vol.  3;  Ameri- 
can Anthropologist,  N.  S.,  Vol.  2,  No.  2. 

Winship,  George  Parker.  History.  Fourteenth  Annual  Report,  Bu- 
reau of  American  Ethnology. 


INDEX 


Abo,  23,  64. 

Acoma,  59,  63,  68,  69,  71,  77. 

Aoomita,  77. 

Adobe,  70,  71. 

Agave,  see  century  plant. 

Agriculture,  38,  39,  140,  147,  181. 

Aguas  Calient  es,  65. 

Akol,  132. 

Alamillo,  64. 

Altars,  100,  104,  112,  113. 

Alvarado,  Hernando  de,  59. 

American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory excavating  by,  36,  38. 

Amole,  preparation  of,  148. 

Ancient  Peoples,  21-58. 

Animal  gods,  119. 

Animals,  16,  17;   creation  of,  125. 

Animas,  25. 

Antelope,  16;  altar,  113;  corrals, 
150;  priests,  113,  115. 

Apache,  81,  121,  140,  142;  burial 
customs,  150, 151;  cattle  raising, 
150;  ceremony,  172;  election  of 
chief,  169;  gods,  178;  plunder- 
ing, 141;  seclusion  of  girls,  172; 
war  against,  133. 

"  Apaches'de  Navajo,"  see  Navajo. 

Apap,  132. 

Apuki,  132. 

Aravaipa  Creek,  121,  141,  142. 

Architecture,  pueblo,  71. 

Arizona  Apache,  157. 

Arrowheads,  47,  49. 

Arrows,  100. 

Art,  decorative,  90,  91 ;  industrial, 
154-166;  symbolic,  91;  use  of, 
101. 


Athapascan,  fish  taboo,  150; 
languages,  140;  mother-in-law 
taboo;  167;  myths,  179;  sun 
worship,  178;  tribes,  140-142. 

Atlatl,  56. 

Awatobi,  63. 

Axes,  47. 

Aztec,  22;  ruin,  25,  36. 

Balcony  House,  34. 

Bandelier,  A.  F.,  101. 

Barrel  cactus,  126. 

Basket  Makers,  archaeological  evi- 
dence regarding,  181;  burial 
customs,  55;  dress,  55,  56. 

Baskets,  44,  56,  127,  128,  130,  154, 
158;  ceremonial,  89;  construc- 
tion of,  56;  decoration  of,  90, 
130;  dyes,  155;  method  of 
manufacture,  127,  128,  130, 
154,  155;  ornamentation,  155, 
158;  storage,  130. 

"Bayeta"  blankets,  164. 

Beads,  85;  designs  in,  166; 
method  of  weaving,  165,  166; 
sacred  offerings,  171. 

Beans,  cultivation  of,  38,  39,  125. 

Bear,  god,  119;  dance,  176; 
society,  102. 

Beliefs,  118-120,  139,  177-180,  re- 
pressed, 61. 

Belts,  131. 

Benavides,  147. 

Bigelovia  graveolens,  162. 

Bill  Williams  Creek,  143. 

Bison,  16. 

Black  Can,  178. 


187 


188 


IXDEX 


Black  Mesa,  62,  66. 

Black  obsidian.  179. 

Black  ware,  88. 

Blanket-weaving,  origin  of,  158; 
preparation  of  wool,  159,  160. 

Bourke,  Capt.,  81. 

Bow  priests,  107,  108. 

Bows,  100. 

Braba,  see  Taos. 

Bread,  paper-thin,  80. 

Brides,  dress,  97;  securing  of,  167. 

Buildings,  24-31. 

Bullroarers,  114,  137. 

Burden  baskets,  method  of  manu- 
facture, 156,  157. 

Burial,  caves,  55;  customs,  52,  55, 
98,  150,  151,  168. 

Cacique,  101,  102. 

Cactus,  16,  126,  136,  137,  149,  150. 

California,  140;  gold  discovery  in, 
122. 

Camp  Dwellers,  140-182. 

Canadian  River  band,  140. 

Canyon  de  Chelly,  22,  178. 

Carrizo  Creek,  167. 

Carrying  baskets,  158. 

Casa  Grande,  23,  27. 

Castafieda,  Pedro  de,  63, 65,  70,  71, 
76,  79,  80,  84,  85,  97,  100. 

Cataract  Canyon,  153,  147. 

Catsclaw,  130. 

Cavate  lodges,  38. 

Cave,  burial,  55;  dwellings,  38. 

Cedar,  13. 

Ceilings,  29. 

Century  plant,  14,  16,  137,  149. 

Ceremonial,  baskets,  89;  bull- 
roarers,  137;  clowns,  137,  138, 
174,  176;  corn  meal,  101,  116, 
118,  137,  dancing,  138,  171. 


172;  fetishes,  171;  games,  134, 

gans,  174;  house,  135;  lodge,  176; 

painting,   172;  pollen,  171,  172; 

racing,    171,    172;     rooms,    76; 

singing,  172. 
Ceremonies,  Apache  and  Xavajo, 

171-179;     Hopi,    109-118;   ka- 

china,     109-111;      kiva,     112; 

movements  in,  91 ;  Papago,  136; 

Rio   Grande,    101,    105;    Taos, 

105,  106;   Zuni,  106-109. 
Ceremony,  fire,   109;    flute,   109, 

116;  girls'  adolescence,  171, 172; 

healing,    175;     Lalakonti,    117; 

Marau,      117;       Ooqol,      117; 

Sia  Rain.    104;    Shalako,    109; 

Vigita,  136,  137. 
Chaco  Canyon,  22,  25,  36. 
Chama  River,  61,  65;  band,    140. 
Chamita,  church  at,  61. 
Chamuscado,  Francisco  Sanchez, 

61. 
Chief,    Cochise,    141 ;    Geronimo, 

141;    Mangas  Coloradas,    141; 

Whoa,    141;      duties    of,     133; 

election  of,  169. 
"Chief,"  see  Xavajo  Blanket. 
Chinlee  Valley,  ruins,  22. 
Chiricahua,  141. 
Church,  established,  61. 
Cibola,  59,  63,  68. 
Cicuye,  65. 
Circular  kivas,  76. 
Clans,  93,  107,  166,  167:  functions 

of,    93,    94,    166;     number    of 

Xavajo,  167;  origin  of  Xavajo, 

180;  political,  167. 
Clay,    as    building   material,    40, 

70;   in  pottery  making,  40,  41; 

vessels,  method  of  manufacture, 

85. 
Cliff  Palace,  22,  31,  34. 


189 


Clowns,  ceremonial,  137,  138,  174, 

176. 

Club,  100. 
Cochise,  141. 

Cochiti,  64,  68,  101;  refugees,  66. 
Colorado  Canyon,  98,  118. 
Colorado  River,  11,  122,  143,  181. 
Coloradas  Mangas,  141. 
Colors  in  weaving,  162,  164. 
Comanche,  65,  68. 
Communal  houses,  68;  hunts,  150. 
Construction     of     baskets,      56; 

sandals,  56. 
Cooking  structures,   124,  vessels, 

41,  154. 
Corn,  cultivation  of,  38,  39,  55, 

125;   methods  of  planting,  147; 

preparation  of,  79,  80;   storage 

of,  79. 
Corn  meal,  ceremonial  use  of,  101, 

111,  116,  118,  137. 
Cornstalks,  use  in  dwellings,  145. 
Coronado,  Francisco  Vasquez,  59, 

60,  82. 

Cotton,  45,  85,  125,  131,  132. 
Cottonwood,  16,  157,  158. 
Cottonwood  Creek,  52. 
"Cows,"  58. 
Coyotero,  Apache,  142. 
Creator,  139. 
Cremation,  52,  168. 
Cruzat,  Petriz  de,  62. 
Cuirana,  103,  176. 
Culture  Hero,  139. 
Culture,     distribution     of,     181; 

relation  of,  182. 
Curing  fraternities,  108. 
Gushing,  Frank  H.,  78,  81. 
Customs,    origin    of   burial,    168; 

social,  94,  167,  168,  169. 
Cypress,  13. 

Dances,  kachina,  103;   Lalakonti, 


117:  Oraibi,  112;  snake,  109, 
112-118;  Ute,  176;  Walpi,  112. 

Dancing,  at  festival,  175;  cere- 
monial, 138,  171,  172,  174. 

Dasylirion  wbeeleri,  see  sotol. 

Dead,  disposal  of,  52,  55,  97,  98, 
168,  journey  of,  179;  offerings 
to,  169;  souls  of,  98,  118, 
taboo,  98. 

Death,  among  Hopi,  97,  Zuiii,  98; 
of  priests,  107. 

Decoration,  basket,  56,  90,  130; 
dress,  152;  kiva,  73;  pottery, 
40-42,  87,  88,  154;  wall,  26,  32. 

Deer,  16. 

Defense,  25,  68,  99. 

"Delight  Makers,"  108. 

Dene,  140. 

Descent,  92,  132. 

Designs,  basketry,  155, 158;  bead- 
work,  166;  pottery,  42-44,  87- 
91;  weaving,  161-165,  181. 

Disposal  of  dead,  52,  55,  97,  98, 
168. 

Doors,  29,  33,  38,  145,  146. 

Douglas  spruce,  13. 

Dress,  55,  56,  97,  127,  151-154; 
decoration,  152;  influence  of 
railroads  on,  81,  82;  kachina, 
110,  111. 

Drill  points,  47,  49. 

Dry  painting,  104,  171. 

Dumarest,  Fr.  Noel,  101. 

Dwarf  pine,  13. 

Dyes  employed  in  basketry,  155. 

Earrings,  85. 

Earth  Magician,  139. 

Eastern  Apache,  147,  150. 

Eastern    Pueblos,    hunting   trips, 

80,  81. 

Elder  Brother,  139. 
Elk,  16. 


190 


El  Paso,  62. 

Entrance,  means  of,  to  kivas,  73. 

Esdzanadlehi,  172,  178,  179,  180. 

Espejo,  Antonio  de,  61,  77,  100. 

Estevan,  58,  59. 

Estufas,  76. 

Feathers,  as  offerings,  171. 

Festivals,  105,  126,  136,  174; 
dancing  at,  175. 

Fetishes,  119,  171. 

Fewkes,  J.  W.,  34. 

Fire  ceremony,  109. 

Firedrill,  49. 

Fireplaces,  33,  71,  74,  76. 

Fish  taboo,  81. 

Flageolets,  51. 

Flagstaff,  11. 

Flora,  126. 

Flute  ceremony,  109,  116. 

Food,  methods  of  securing,  76, 
125,  147-151;  preparation  of, 
34,  80,  126,  147-151;  storage 
of,  33,  34,  72,  79. 

Forests,  13. 

Fort  Sill,  141. 

Fort  Sumner,  142. 

Fraternities,  curing,  108;  leader- 
ship in  snake,  118. 

Franciscan  friar,  58. 

Fruits,  79. 

Galisteo     Basin,     burial    in,     52; 

pueblo  walls,  27. 
Galisteo  Valley,   corn  storage  in, 

79. 
Games,  Apache  and  Navajo,  170; 

Pima    and     Papago,     134-135; 

women's,  171. 
Cans,  174,  178. 
German  silver,  165. 
Germantown  blankets,  164. 


Geronimo,  141,  169. 

Giant  cactus,  126,  136,  137; 
preparation  of,  149. 

Gila  River,  11,  26,  13,  122,  123, 
128,  141,  142;  irrigation  along, 
39;  pottery  43. 

Globe,  Arizona,  142. 

Gods,  119,  178. 

Grand  Canyon,  143. 

Grand  Gulch,  51,  52. 

Gran  Quivira,  23,  64. 

Great  Basin,  181,  183. 

Guzman,  Nufio  de,  58. 

Gypsum,  use  of,  71. 

Hair,  methods  of  dressing,  84,  85. 

Hano,  63,  68,  112. 

Harvest  festival,  126. 

Havasupai,  143,  150;  agricultural 
opportunities,  147;  baskets  of, 
158;  cremation,  168;  houses, 
145. 

Hawikuh,  63. 

Headbands,  131. 

Healing,  ceremony,  175,  priests, 
135. 

Hemenway  Archaeological  Expedi- 
tion, 39. 

Hemes,  see  Jemez. 

Herding,  147. 

Hodge,  F.  W.,  40. 

Hopi,  68,  72,  94,  110,  131;  baskets, 
89;  ceremonial  circuit,  112; 
ceremonies,  109-118;  cotton 
cultivation,  85;  death,  97,  98; 
emergence  belief,  118;  fetishes, 
119;  fields,  77;  hairdressing,  84; 
houses,  71;  kivas,  74,  76; 
language,  68,  93;  marriage 
among,  95-97;  pottery  designs, 
88;  pueblos,  59,  66,  67,  79, 
112;  social  organization,  92; 
trays,  89;  war  gods,  118,  119; 


191 


weaving.  83,  90. 
Hotavila,  building  of,  68. 
Houses,    68-71,    123,     124,    140, 

143-145;      burning     of,      168; 

ceremonial,  135:  communal,  68. 
Huichol,  131. 
Hunting,  40,  80.  81,  126. 
Hyde  Expedition,  38,  49. 

Images,  53,  119. 
Implements,  tilling,  79. 
"Incest  groups,"  93. 
Industrial  arts,  154-166. 
Initiation  at  Zuni,  107. 
Irrigation,  39,  40,  77,  147,  183. 
Isleta  del  Sur,  62,  64,  67. 

Jaguar,  16. 

Jemez,  65.  67,  69. 

Jewelry,  154,  165. 

Jicarilla  Apache,  140,  147,  154, 
155;  baskets,  154,  155;  cere- 
mony, 172;  chief,  election  of, 
169;  dress  of,  151;  earth  wor- 
ship, 178,  festival,  174;  gods, 
178,  healing  ceremonial,  175; 
houses,  143,  144. 

Juniper.  13,  158. 

Kachina,  178;    abbreviated,  110; 

ceremonies,      109,     110,     111; 

clans,  93;    dances,  103;    dress, 

110,  111;  Ximan,  109,  110. 
Keeper  of  Smoke,  135. 
Keresans,     fetishes,     119;      kiva 

decorations,  73;    language,  67; 

villages,  64,  98. 
Kettcippawa,  63. 
Kiaha,  130,  131. 
Kiakima,  63. 

Kino,  Fr.  Eusebio  Francisco,  122. 
Kivas,  30,  73,  74.  76,   107,   115; 


ceremonies,  112,  construction  of, 
72,  73;  decorations,  73;  en- 
trance, 73;  fireplaces,  76;  use, 
76. 

Kiwuritsiwe,  76. 

Kohatk,  133. 

Knife  society,  102. 

Koshare,  103,  176. 

Koyemshi,  108. 

Kroeber,  A.  L.,  93. 

Laguna,  68,  119. 
Lalakonti  dance,  117. 
Languages,  67,  68,  93,  140,   142; 

variations  in,  17-20,  142. 
Leggings,  85,  151,  154. 
Lightning  frames,  114,  115. 
Little  Colorado  River,  11,  91,  142; 

pottery,  44;  ruins,  23. 
Llanero,  140,  175. 
Lokadigai,  see  Carrizo  Creek. 
Lokadigaihn  clan,  167. 
Loom,  46,  47. 
Los  Muertos,  39. 

Maam,  132. 

Macaw,  16. 

Mackenzie,  140. 

Maize,  125. 

Makai  priests,  135. 

Mange,  Juan  Mateo,  122. 

Mano,  47. 

Manuelito,  169. 

Marau  ceremony,  117. 

Maricopa,  122,  142. 

Marriage,  among  Hopi,  95,  96,  97. 

Martynia,  130,  158. 

Masonry,  71. 

Materials,  building,  25-29. 

Matsaki,  63. 

Matthews,  Dr.  Washington,  177. 

Mendoza,  Antonio  de,  58. 


192 


INDEX 


Mesa  Verde,  31;  mugs,  42. 

Mescal,  16. 

Mescalero     Apache.      141,      147; 

baskets,   154,   155;    dress,   151; 

houses,    143,    144;     objects    of 

worship,  178. 
Mesquite,  13,  148. 
Metates,  34,  47. 
Mexico,  70. 
Miles,  General,  141. 
Mimbrenos,  141. 
Mimbres  Valley,  43,  141. 
Mindeleff,  C.,  71. 
Mirage,  179. 
Mishongnovi,  68,  70. 
Missionaries,  death  of,  61. 
Moccasins,  85,  127,  151,  154. 
Moenkapi,  68. 
Moiety,  132. 
Mohave-Apache,     derivation     of 

name,  143. 

Morning  ceremony,  172. 
Mother-in-law  taboo,  167. 
Myths  of  Athapascans,  1 79. 

Naiyenezgani,  172,  178,  179. 

Nambe,  67. 

Narvaez,  58. 

Navajo,  81,  90,  131,  140,  154, 
blankets.  82,  152,  158-165; 
clans,  167;  cornfields,  147; 
dress,  151,  152,  154;  election  of 
chief,  169;  gods,  178;  loom, 
161;  man,  153;  means  of  sus- 
tenance, 150;  offerings,  171; 
pottery,  154;  region  occupied, 
142;  silverwork,  165;  winter 
dwelling,  146;  woman,  159,  160; 
worship,  178;  yarn  secured,  164. 

Nelson,  N.  C.,  53,  64. 

Newekwe,  108. 

New  Galicia,  58,  59. 


.Night  Chant,  177. 
Niman  kachina,  109,  110. 
Niza,  Marcos  de,  58. 
Nordenskiold,  G.,  34. 
Nutria,  68,  78. 

Ochre,  158,  162. 

Offerings,  at  shrines,  112,  114,  115, 

171,  176;  to  the  dead,  169. 
Ojo  Caliente,  63,  68,  78. 
Old  Cochiti,  62,  119. 
Ollero,  140,  175. 
Onate,  Juan  de,  61,  70. 
Ooqol,  ceremony,  117. 
Oraibi,   68,   70;    clans,  94;    sand 

painting,     113;     snake    dance, 

112-115;  trays,  89. 
Oregon,  140. 
Organization,  political,  169;  social, 

92-94.  132,  166,  167. 
Ornamentation,     basketry,     155, 

158;  pottery,  42-44,  87-91,  154. 
Ornaments,  51,  85. 
Otermin,  Governor,  62,  64. 
Ovens,  80. 

Painting,  ceremonial,  171,  172; 
dry,  100,  104;  sand,  113,  115, 
175,  176. 

Pajarito  plateau,  22,  25,  52. 

Panther,  119;   society,  102. 

Papago,  121,  123,  124,  183; 
animals,  125;  beliefs,  139;  cere- 
monies, 136;  clothing,  127; 
food,  125;  games,  134;  hunting, 
126;  population,  123;  territorial 
districts,  132,  133. 

Paper-thin  bread,  80. 

Passageways,  69,  70. 

Patterns,  basketry,  155,  158; 
religious  connotation,  164;  weav- 
ing, 161-165. 


193 


Peccary,  16. 

Pecos  River,  11, 17,  65,  80, 82, 100, 
142. 

Pekwin,  107. 

Pescado,  68,  78. 

Pestles,  47. 

Picuris,  65,  67,  80,  82,  84. 

Piki,  see  paper-thin  bread. 

Pima,  121-123,  133,  143;  animals, 
125;  baskets.  154;  beliefs,  139; 
clothing;  127,  divisions,  132; 
food,  125;  games,  134;  hunt- 
ing, 126;  population,  122; 
variety  of  culture,  183. 

Pimeria  Alt  a,  121. 

Pimeria  Baja,  121. 

Pinole,  126. 

Pinon,  13,  148,  155,  158,  162. 

Piro,  64. 

Plundering,  by  Apache,  141. 

Pojoaque,  67. 

Political  organization,  169. 

Politics,  of  Rio  Grande,  99. 

Pollen,  ceremonial  use  of,  171, 172. 

Pookong,  113. 

Population,  distribution  of,  22-23. 

Pottery,  40-44,  85-91,  154. 

Prayer  offerings,  104,  114,  171, 
176;  sticks,  104,  112. 

Pre-Spanish  peoples,  181-183. 

Priests,  antelope,  113,  115;  bow, 
107,  108;  classes  of,  103,  135; 
healing,  135;  killing  of,  61,  62; 
Makai.  135;  representation  of, 
106,  107;  Siatcokam,  135; 
snake,  112-115;  succession  at 
death,  107;  summer  (see 
Koshare);  "the  above,"  106, 
107;  "the  below,"  106,  107; 
training  for.  135;  war,  107; 
winter  (see  Cuirana). 

Protection,  in  warfare,  100;   from 


wind,  146. 

Public  performances,  115. 
Pueblo  architecture,  71 . 
Pueblo    Bonito,    22,    25,    36,    43, 

49,  51,  52. 
Pueblo  Largo,  53. 
Pumpkins,     preparation     of.     79; 

raising  of,  55. 
Puyc  ruin,  25. 

Quail,  16. 
Quarai,  23,  64. 
Quirix,  64. 
Quivira,  60. 

Rabbits,  16. 

Racing,  ceremonial,  171,  172,  175. 

Rain  ceremony,  104. 

Rainfall,  11,  13,  14. 

Red  ants,  132. 

Religion,  53,  135-139. 

Religious  activities,  100-120;  cere- 
monies, 171-179. 

Rhus  aromatica,  see  sumach 

Rio  Chama,  ruins,  22. 

Rio  Grande,  beliefs.  118;  bridal 
dress,  97;  ceremonies,  101,  105; 
clans,  93;  dress,  84;  hair  dres- 
sing, 85;  kivas,  73,  76;  pueblos, 
22,  23,  38,  53,  67,  70,  99,  101, 
10S  132,  140;  war  gods,  118, 
119. 

Rio  Grande  River,  11,  60,  67,  77, 
80,  141,  158. 

Rio  Pecos,  23,  141. 

Rio  Verde,  23,  38,  39,  143. 

Rito  de  los  Frijoles,  ruins,  22. 

Ruins,  prehistoric,  22,  23,  25,  31- 
38,  53;  restoration  of,  34. 

Russell,  Prof.  Frank,  1 22. 

Sacks,  yucca,  57. 

Sahuara,  see  giant  cactus. 


INDEX 


Salinas,  64. 

Salt  River,  11,  26,  39, 122, 142, 183. 

Salt  Expeditions,  138. 

San  Carlos  reservation,  142,  143. 

San  Carlos  River,  141. 

San  Cristobal,  64. 

Sandals,  45-47,  56,  127. 

Sandia,  67. 

Sand  painting,  113,  115,  171, 
175,  176. 

San  Felipe,  64,  68,  69. 

San  Francisco  Peaks.  11,  110. 

San  Gabriel,  church,  61. 

San  Ildefonso,  62,  66;  67,  69. 

San  Juan,  11,  22,  61,  67,  69,  73, 
74,  88,  142,  179,  181. 

San  Marcial,  64. 

San  Mateo,  11. 

San  Pedro,  121,  142. 

Santa  Ana,  64,  68. 

Santa  Clara,  67,  69,  73,  74,  88. 

Sante  Cruz,  121. 

Sante  Fe,  52. 

Santa  Rosa  Valley,  136. 

Santa  Domingo,  64,  68,  69,  97. 

San  Xavier  del  Bac  Mission,  121. 

Selenite,  72. 

Sevilleta,  64. 

Shalako  ceremony,  109. 

Sheep,  introduction  of,  158;  rais- 
ing, 151.  159. 

Shelters,  72,  143-146. 

Shields,  100. 

Shipaulovi,  68,  70. 

Shrines,  100,  101,  112,  114,  138. 

Shumopovi,  6S,  70. 

Sia,  62,  64,  68,  101-103. 

Sia  Rain  ceremony,  104. 

Siatcokam  priests,  135. 

Sichumovi,  68,  112. 

Silvenvork,  165. 

Singing,  ceremonial,  172. 


"Skeleton  house,"  98. 

Skin,  use  of,  144. 

Snake,  altar,  113:  dance,  109, 112- 
118;  fraternity,  118;  kiva,  115; 
priests,  112-115. 

Snares,  40. 

Sobaipuri,  121. 

Social,  customs,  94,  167-169, 
organization,  92-94,  132;  166, 
167. 

Societies,  secret,  102,  103. 

Society  symbol,  113. 

Socorro,  64. 

Sonora,  121. 

Sotol,  130. 

Spaniards,  arrival  of,  19. 

Spider,  179. 

Spruce  Tree  House,  22,  34. 

Squash,  cultivation  and  prepara- 
tion of,  39,  79,  125. 

Stevenson,  Airs.  M.  C.,  101,  104. 

Stonework,  47-52. 

Storage,  baskets,  130;  of  food,  33, 
34,  72,  79. 

Sumach,  157,  158,  162. 

Sun  worship,  178. 

Sweatbath,  176. 

Sycamores,  16. 

Tabira,  see  Gran  Quivira. 

Taboo,  dead,  98;  fish,  150:  mother- 
in-law.  167. 

Tanoan  language,  67. 

Tanos,  64. 

Taos,  65,  67,  76,  80,  82,  84,  150, 
106. 

Tesuque,  67. 

Tewa,  65,  119. 

Textile  processes,  127. 

Teya,  65. 

''The  above,"  priest  of,  106,  107. 

"The  below,"  priest  of,  106,  107. 


INDEX 


195 


Thunder  Mountain,  59,  67,  100, 

178. 

Tiguex,  64,  100. 
Tipis,  143. 
Tiponi,  113. 
Tobacco,  176. 
Tonto  Apache,  145. 
Tonto  Basin,  142,  143. 
Tonto  Creek,  142. 
Tortillas,  80. 
Tovar,  Pedro  de,  59. 
Trade,  81,  130,  150. 
Trays,  89. 

Tularosa,  pottery,  42,  91. 
Tulkepaia,  see  Yuma  Apache. 
Turk,  60. 
Turkey,  16. 

Turquoise,  49,  51,  85,  165. 
Tusayan,  59,  63. 
Tutahaco,  64. 

Uipinyim,  135. 
Ute,  68,  176. 

Vaaf,  132. 

Vaca.  Cabeza  de,  58. 

Vacapa,  59. 

Vargas,  Pedro  de,  62. 

Vassals,  treatment  of,  61. 

Vegetation,  13. 

Victorio,  141. 

Vigita  ceremony,  136-138. 

Village  crier,  133. 

Villagran,  97. 

Walapai,  140,  143,  145,  148,  158. 

169. 

Walls,  32. 

Walpi,  68,  70,  112,  113,  115. 
Warfare,  99,  100. 


War,  gods,  118,  119;   priest,  102, 

107;  weapons,  40,  100. 
Watch  towers,  25,  34. 
Weaving,  45,  83,  90,  158-162, 164- 

166. 

Weapons,  40,  100. 
Western    Apache,    baskets,    154; 

clans,    167;    dress,    151;    gods, 

178:   means  of  sustenance,  150. 
Wheat,  125. 
Whir]  wind,  179. 
White  ants,  132. 
White  Mountain,  141. 
White    Mountain     Apache,     142, 

145,  147,  166. 
White  River,  142. 
Whoa,  141. 
Willow,  157,  158. 
Windows,  72. 
Wine,  126. 
Woodrats,  16. 
Wool,  85. 
Worship,  178. 

Ximena,  64. 

Yavapai,  140,  142,  143,  154,  157, 

158. 

Ya;ia,  104. 

Yucca,  16,  44,  45,  57,  89,  130,  156. 
Yucca  baccata.,  see  amole. 
Yukon,  140. 

Yuma,  122,  133,  140,  142,  143,  145. 
Yuman,    languages,    142;     burial 

practice,  168. 
Yuqueyunque,  65. 

Zuni,  59,  67-70,  72,  78,  80,  81,  83, 
84,  88,  89,  92-94,  97,  99,  106- 
109,  118,  119. 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY